BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

POLICIES

Click on each Series to expand the list and navigate to the policy you wish to view. Or use the "Search" function in the upper right-hand corner of the site to search for a keyword or phrase across all policies, board agendas and board minutes.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:49

100 - Legal Status of the School District

100 - Legal Status of the School District

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district known as the Janesville Consolidated School District.

This school corporation is located in Black Hawk/Bremer Counties, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Janesville Consolidated School District, School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 278.1(9); 279.8; 594A (1995).

Cross Reference:  200  Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed   10/18/21                             
Revised  11/13/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:49

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Janesville Consolidated School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students within the limitations of the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support to provide for students in cooperation with their parents and the school district community, the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to and encourages critical thinking in the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 275.1 (1995).

Cross Reference:  102  Equal Educational Opportunity
                                       103  Educational and Operational Planning
                                       209  Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                       600  Goals and Objectives of the Education Program
                                       602  Curriculum Development

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed   10/18/21                             
Revised  11/13/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:50

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

It is the policy of the Janesville Consolidated School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chad Angel, Janesville CSD 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, Iowa 50647, 319-987-2581, chad.angel@janesvilleschools.net.

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. 
                                        20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq.
     
                                  20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.
                                        29 U.S.C. § 206 et seq.
     
                                  29 U.S.C. § 794
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d and 2000e.
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 100.
                                        34 C.F.R. Pt. 104.
                                        Iowa Code §§ 216.6;  216.9; 256.11; 280.3.
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       401.1    Equal Employment Opportunity
                                       500       Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
                                       506.1    Student Records

Approved   7/10/89                               
Reviewed   10/18/21                                                           
Revised   _11/12/18__

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:51

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

The Janesville Consolidated School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:

Areas of CTE Study include: Business, Family & Consumer Science, Industrial Technology, Engineering and Agriculture.

It is the policy of the Janesville Consolidated School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chad Angel, Janesville CSD 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, Iowa 50647, 319-987-2581, chad.angel@janesvilleschools.net.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:53

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Janesville Consolidated School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chad Angel, Janesville CSD 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, Iowa 50647, 319-987-2581, chad.angel@janesvilleschools.net.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:54

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Janesville Consolidated School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
  • Receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
  • Inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
  • Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

It is the policy of the Janesville Consolidated School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chad Angel, 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, IA 50647, 319-987-2581, chad.angel@janesvilleschools.net.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:55

102.E4 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

102.E4 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

Date of complaint:

 

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant:

_____________________________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Names of any witnesses (if any):

_____________________________________________________

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  __________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 08:59

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of Witness:

­­­­­­­­_____________________________________________________

Date of interview:

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

Description of incident witnessed: _________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information: _________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  __________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:00

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

It is the policy of the Janesville Consolidated School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chad Angel, 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, IA 50647, 319-987-2581, chad.angel@janesvilleschools.net.

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).

Filing a Complaint

A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within [state number of days - 180] of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation

Within five working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”).  If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

Within five working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within five working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

Decision and Appeal

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within five working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within five working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within five working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:02

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

Long-Range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students, and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education, and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs’ assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

Local Feedback will be provided through on or more of the following:

  • Participation of parents, community members and students on the School Improvement Team (SIT);
  • Survey of community members and district input by Janesville PTA.
  • Community Engagement Meetings involving a representative sample of community members in deliberative dialog;
  • Annual board work and planning sessions in which public comment is invited;
  • Periodic surveys of parent and community members on specific topics.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12, .18 (1997)
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.8(1) (b).

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       200      Legal Status of the Board of Directors
                                       208      Committees of the Board of Directors
                                       603.1    Basic Instruction Programs
                                       801.1    Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning
                                       801.2    Buildings and Sites Surveys

Approved   02/22/05                    
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised  2/22/05  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:02

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

School districts also need to develop a process for long-range needs assessment.  The process needs to include three items.

  • Provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;
  • Provisions for reviewing information required on the following:
    • State indicators and other locally determined indicators,
    • Locally established student learning goals,
    • Specific data collection required by state and federal programs;
  • Provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:
    • State indicators,
    • Locally determined indicators,
    • Locally established student learning goals.

The long-range needs assessment process is mandatory but it does not need to be an administrative regulation supporting the long-range needs assessment policy.  It is, however, recommended that it become an administrative regulation to support the policy to ensure completeness and consistency.

 

 

Approved  2/22/05               
Reviewed 10/18/21                              
Revised   08/10/09  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:04

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Policy

The Janesville Consolidated School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.  

Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board. 

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures. Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.  Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes bullying and/or harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.

If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district, a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student’s grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.

A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Retaliation Prohibited
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds.  

Definitions 
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:  

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.  
  • “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions: 
    1. Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property. 
    2. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.  
    3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance.  Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school. 
  • “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

Publication of Policy 
The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook,
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,
  • (other)                                                                                                     

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy. School districts are required to collect and report data regarding instances of bullying and harassment as required by law. 

 

NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.
                                        29 U.S.C. § 794.
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7. 
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.
                                        Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3; 28;    
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
                                        Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007) 

Approved  7/19/07                                 
Reviewed  11/13/23                                                                            
Revised 11/13/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:05

104.E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

104.E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

Name of complainant:  ____________________________________________________________

Position of complainant:  __________________________________________________________

Name of student or employee target:  _________________________________________________

Date of complaint:  _______________________________________________________________

Name of alleged harasser or bully:  ___________________________________________________

Date and place of incident or incidents:  _______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Nature of Discrimination or Harassment Alleged (Check all that apply)

 

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

Description of misconduct:  _________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Name of witnesses (if any):  _________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Evidence of harassment or bullying, i.e., letters, photos, etc. (attach evidence if possible): ________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Any other information: _____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature:  ______________________________________________

Date:  ____________________

 

 

Approved   07/19/07                              
Reviewed  10/18/21                                                           
Revised _08/10/09_

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:07

104.E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness Disclosure Form

Name of witness:  ______________________________________________________

Position of witness:  ____________________________________________________

Description of incident witnessed:  _________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________

Any other information:  __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature:  _________________________________________

Date:  ______________________________

 

 

Approved     07/19/07             
Reviewed  10/18/21                                                                     
Revised ___________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:14

104.E3 - Disposition of Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

104.E3 - Disposition of Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

Name of complainant:  ____________________________________________________________

Name of student or employee target:  _________________________________________________

Grade and building of student or employee:  ___________________________________________

Name and position or grade of alleged perpetrator/respondent:  ____________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:  __________________________________________________________

Nature of Discrimination or Harassment Alleged (Check all that apply)

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

Summary of investigation:  _________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature:  ______________________________________________

Date:  ____________________

 

 

Approved    07/19/07                             
Reviewed  10/18/21  
Revised _09/08/08

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:16

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Angi-Harassment Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Angi-Harassment Investigation Procedures

Filing a Complaint
An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  The complaint form is on website.  If the complainant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied.

An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed. 

 

Investigation 
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The District Investigator (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.  

 

The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following: 

Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint; 
  • A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement; 
  • Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation; 
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and 
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation. 
  • The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal 

The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible. Additional suggestions for administrative procedures regarding this policy include: 

Organizing training programs for students, school employees, and volunteers regarding how to recognize bullying and harassing behavior and what to do if this behavior is witnessed; and

Developing a process for evaluating the effectiveness of this policy in reducing bullying and harassing behavior. 

 

Decision
The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation.  If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds. 

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.  
 

NOTE: School districts must include a number of requirements in the district anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy. This regulation builds on the requirements addressed in IASB sample policy 104 by more specifically detailing sample investigation procedures. Districts should ensure that the district’s practice is reflective of the policy and regulations that the district’s leadership team has established. Please remember that the procedures outlined here should be consistent with the policy. 

 

NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.

 

 

Approved  10/18/21                               
Reviewed   11/13/23       
R
evised   11/13/23                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:23

105 - Assistance Animals

105 - Assistance Animals

It is the policy of Janesville Consolidated School to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district.  The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property.  The district shall allow the use of qualified service animals and assistive animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go.  This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses.  Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.  Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities.  Assistive animals are simians or any other animal specially trained or in the process of being trained to assist a person with a disability. 

Service animals and assistive animals must be current on all required vaccinations.  Service animals and assistive animals also must be under control while on district grounds.  The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service or assistive animal.  Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control.

 

Miniature Horses as Service Animals

Miniature horses shall be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them.  Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include:  whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility.

 

Establishing the Need for a Service Animal

When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service or assistive animal, the Superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: 

“Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?”

If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: 

“What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?”

 

Service and Assistive Animals in training

Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service and/or assistive animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property.  The service or assistive animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service or assistive animal.

 

Exclusion of Service and Assistive Animals

In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service or assistive animal from district property.  The Superintendent is permitted to exclude service and assistive animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances:  The presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program.  If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. 

 

 

Legal References:  29 U.S.C. §794
                                         42 U.S.C. §12132
                                         28 C.F.R.   35
                                         Iowa Code §216C

Cross References:  606.3    Animals in the Classroom

Approved  10/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:26

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Janesville Consolidated School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment. 

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX.  This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX.  For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Chad Angel, Guidance Counselor, Janesville CSD, 505 Barrick Rd, Janesville IA 50647, 319-987-2581.

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.
                                          
34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.

Approved _10/18/21____                     
Reviewed _________               
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:27

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:28

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:29

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

The Janesville Consolidated School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board will consist of 5 board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will also preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8, .33 (2007).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3 (2).

Cross Reference:  202    Board of Directors Members
                                       206.1  President
                                       206.2  Vice President
                                       210    Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    11/13/95               
Reviewed   10/18/21                 
Revised   10/18/21  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:29

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260,
                                        Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8.
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved    11/13/95               
Reviewed   10/18/21                 
Revised   10/18/21  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:31

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy and goals for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12.
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                        103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                        209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                        600       Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed  10/18/21                 
Revised  09/14/21  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:32

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

The school election takes place on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years.  Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 5-member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee in accordance with the timelines established by law.

If a vacancy occurs on the board it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy. 

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63; 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1; 279.7.

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
                                        202.3    Term of Office
                                        202.4    Vacancies
                                        203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                    
Revised  10/18/21

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:33

202 - Board of Directors Members

202 - Board of Directors Members dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:34

202.1 - Qualifications

202.1 - Qualifications

 Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.  Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.  Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and decide.  The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A (1995).

Cross Reference:  201    Board of Directors' Elections
                                       202.4  Vacancies
                                       203    Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                   
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:35

202.2 - Oath of Office

202.2 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected, at the school election, at or before, the organizational meeting of the board.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.

"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of                                (naming the office) in  Janesville Consolidated School District as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6 (2007).

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
                                       201       Board of Directors' Elections
                                       202       Board of Directors Members
                                       204       Code of Ethics
                                       206       Board of Directors' Officers

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21                             
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:36

202.3 - Term of Office

202.3 - Term of Office

 Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November, of odd-numbered years, serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
                                       202       Board of Directors Members
                                       202.4    Vacancies

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                 
Revised  10/18/21  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:37

202.4 - Vacancies

202.4 - Vacancies

 A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69; 277.29; 279.
                                       Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
                                       Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
                                       Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
                                       202       Board of Directors Members
                                       202.3    Term of Office

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed  10/18/21                  
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:38

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It shall be a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  A board member shall not act as an agent for a school textbook or school supply company during the board member's term of office.  It shall not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $2,500 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note, or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract.  The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily competitively bid.

It shall also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest shall be deemed to exist shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

          (1)        The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.

          (2)        The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member's immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member's regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.

          (3)        The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member's duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  It is also the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest.  Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.

It shall be a conflict of interest for the board to hire the spouse of a board member or do business with the spouse of a board member during the term of the board member.  The payment of compensation to any other family member shall be within the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28 (1995).
                                       1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 37.
                                       1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 21.
                                       1986 Op. Att'y Gen. 10.
                                       1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
                                       1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 302.
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 295.
                                       1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 89.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 137.
                                       1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 237.

Cross Reference:  201    Board of Directors' Elections
                                       202.1  Qualifications
                                       204    Code of Ethics
                                       216.3  Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
                                       217    Gifts to Board of Directors
                                       401.3  Nepotism

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                          
Revised  3/21/05  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:39

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

 

AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

        1.           I will listen.

        2.           I will respect the opinion of others.

        3.           I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.

        4.           I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.

        5.           I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.

        6.           I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.

        7.           I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.

        8.           I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.

        9.           I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.

      10.           I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.

      11.           I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.

      12.           I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.

      13.           I will abide by majority decisions of the board.

      14.           I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.

      15.           I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.

      16.           I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

        1.           I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.

        2.           I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.

        3.           I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.

        4.           I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.

        5.           I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.

        6.           I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

        1.           I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.

        2.           I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.

        3.           I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.

        4.           I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.

        5.           I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.

        6.           I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.

        7.           I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.

        8.           I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.

        9.           I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.

      10.           I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.

      11.           I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.

      12.           I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

        1.           I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.

        2.           I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.

        3.           I will not recommend an employee for a position in another school district unless I would employ the employee under similar circumstances.

        4.           I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of an employee to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness.

        5.           I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  202  Board of Directors Members
                                       203  Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                     
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:41

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

 Board members shall not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members shall act in good faith.

The school district shall defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  However, the school district shall not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (1988).
                                       Iowa Code ch. 670 (1995).

Cross Reference:  709  Insurance Program

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                 
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:45

206 - Board of Directors Officers

206 - Board of Directors Officers dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:46

206.1 - President

206.1 - President

 It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1.

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
                                       202.2    Oath of Office
                                       206.2    Vice-President

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                 
Revised  10/18/21  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:47

206.2 - Vice-President

206.2 - Vice-President

 The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting of in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting, to serve a one-year term of office.

By this election, if the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Vice-President of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.5

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
                                       202.2    Oath of Office
                                       206.1    President

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                        
Revised  10/18/21  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:48

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

 A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.  [It is the responsibility of the board to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.]

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer shall also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the superintendent’s secretary shall assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The board secretary-treasurer shall give bond in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 277.27; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.15; 299.10, .16 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Cross Reference:  202.2    Oath of Office
                                       210.1     Annual Meeting
   
                                    215         Board of Directors' Records
   
                                    501.10  Truancy - Unexcused Absences
   
                                    704.3     Investments
   
                                    707         Fiscal Reports
   
                                    708         Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved  7/10/89          
Reviewed  10/18/21                                  
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:49

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

It shall be the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent shall have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent believes it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel shall attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It shall be the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
                                       Iowa Code § 279.37 (1995).

Cross Reference:  200  Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                       
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:52

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee of composed of citizens, staff or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board shall be ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee is formed by board resolution which shall outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee shall automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee will be subject to the open meetings law if the committee is established by statute or if the committee makes policy recommendations and is established by or approved by the board.

The method for selection of committee members shall be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and shall consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).

Cross Reference:  103     Educational and Operational Planning
                                       211      Open Meetings
                                       212      Closed Sessions
                                       215      Board of Directors' Records
                                       605.1  Instructional Materials Selection
                                       900      Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                       
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:53

208.1E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

208.1E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function

The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies.  Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions.  The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee.  It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources.  Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.

 

Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member

The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee.  In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others.  When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee.  An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.

 

Ad Hoc Committee Membership

Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board.  The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve.  Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee.  Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.

 

 

Approved   11/13/95               
Reviewed   10/18/21                         
Revised                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:54

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:55

209.1 - Development of Policy

209.1 - Development of Policy

 The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law.  Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community.  The policy statements shall be the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration.  The board shall determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community.  Proposed policy statements or ideas shall be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8; 280.12 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
                                       1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors
                                       200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                        
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:55

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

 The board shall give notice of proposed policy changes or adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings.  The proposed policy changes shall be distributed and public comment will be allowed at both meetings prior to final board action.  This notice procedure shall be required except for emergency situations.  If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy shall be included in the minutes.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.

The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion.  The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.

In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board.  The emergency policy shall expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
                                       1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors
                                       200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                       
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:56

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

A board policy manual shall be housed in each school attendance center and in the central administration office.  Each board member shall have a personal copy of the board policy manual.  Persons wishing to review the board policy manual shall contact the board secretary, who shall have a board policy manual available for public inspection.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals no later than the first regular board meeting following the policy's adoption.  Copies of changes in board policy shall also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member, during the board member's term of office, to keep the manual current and up-to-date and to surrender the manual to the board secretary at the conclusion of the board member's term of office.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209    Board of Directors' Management Procedure

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21            
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:57

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board shall follow board policy and enforce it equitably.  The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists.  Reasons for suspension of board policy shall be documented in board minutes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed   10/18/21                           
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:58

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent shall draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure
                                       302.4  Superintendent Duties
                                       304      Policy Implementation

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21              
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 09:59

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy.  Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review shall be made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

  • School District (Series 100)
  • Board of Directors (Series 200)
  • Administration, Employees (Series 300 and 400)
  • Students (Series 500)
  • Education (Series 600)
  • Non-instructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels.  The superintendent shall also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1999).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved 7/10/89   
Reviewed 10/18/21                                       
Revised 11/11/13

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:00

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations.  Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies.  The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.

The administrative regulations will be available no later than the first regular board meeting after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8, .20 (1995).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21                                     
Revised  11/13/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:01

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:02

210.1 - Annual Meeting

210.1 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and reports for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30. 

The board may also appoint the board’s legal counsel.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.3, .33 (2003).

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary
                                       206.4  Treasurer
                                       701.1  Depository of Funds
                                       707      Fiscal Reports

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 10/18/21                                  
Revised 11/11/13

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:02

210.2 - Regular Meeting

210.2 - Regular Meeting

The regular meeting time and date shall be set by the board at its annual or organizational meeting.  The regular meetings of the board will be held on the second Monday of each month, unless set otherwise by the board.

The board shall adhere to this meeting date unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience.  Public notice of the meetings shall be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1 (1995).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.1  Organization of the Board of Directors
                                       210      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved 7/10/89          
Reviewed 10/18/21        
Revised 11/11/13

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:03

210.3 - Special Meeting

210.3 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice shall be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board shall give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given shall be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board shall strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues shall be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (1995).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.1  Organization of the Board of Directors
                                       210      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21                 
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:03

210.4 - Work Sessions

210.4 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision-making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  However, no board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22.7; 279.8, .35 (1995).
                                       1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
                                       1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
                                       1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  210  Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       211  Open Meetings

Approved 11/13/95        
Reviewed 10/18/21                                  
Revised                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:04

210.5 - Meeting Notice

210.5 - Meeting Notice

 Public notice shall be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice shall indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The public notice shall be posted on the bulletin board in the central administration office at least 3 days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  These requests for notice must be in writing.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice shall be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting shall be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice shall be notified of the emergency meeting.  Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members shall constitute a waiver of notice.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2 (1995).
                                       1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       210.8  Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21                     
Revised 11/13/95
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:05

210.6 - Quorum

210.6 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, three (3) members shall constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation.  The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast shall be sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4 (1995).

Cross Reference:  210  Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21                   
Revised11/13/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:06

210.7 - Rules of Order

210.7 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board shall follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

It is the responsibility of the board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

  • To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
  • To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
  • To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
  • To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       210.8  Board Meeting Agenda

Approved 11/13/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21                                         
Revised 3/21/05

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:06

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting shall state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting.  The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda.  The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information.  Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president.  Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.

The tentative agenda and supporting documents shall be sent to the board members three (3) days prior to the scheduled board meeting.  These documents are the private property of the board member.  Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.

The board shall take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.  Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board.  If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting shall state the reason justifying the immediate action.

It shall be the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (1995).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       211      Open Meetings
                                       213      Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       215      Board of Directors' Records
                                       402.5  Public Complaints About Employees
                                       502.4  Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21            
Revised 11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:07

210.9 - Consent Agendas

210.9 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2011).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved   11/11/13                               
Reviewed  10/18/21                                                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:08

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

 A gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action shall not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.  Meetings of the board shall be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (1995).
                                       1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Cross Reference:  208      Ad Hoc Committees
                                       210      Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       210.8  Board Meeting Agenda
                                       212      Closed Sessions

Approved 7/10/89       
Reviewed 10/18/21             
Revised 11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:09

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law.  The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting in the situations stated below.

 

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice.  The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting. 

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.  The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to who may be present at a closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

          1.         To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board's possession or receipt of federal funds.

          2.         To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.

          3.         To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.

          4.         To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session.

          5.         To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

        1.       negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

        2.       to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

        3.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

        4.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2011).
                                        1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
     
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
     
                                   1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
     
                                   1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
                                        1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:   208       Ad Hoc Committees
                                        211       Open Meetings

Approved  11/11/13               
Reviewed    10/18/21                                                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:11

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment. 

 

Public Comment During Board Meetings

Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents. 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.  Normally, speakers will be limited to 3 minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of 60 minutes.  However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment. 

Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings. 

 

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak.  The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum. 

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment.  Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.  Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, 279.8B

Cross Reference:  205          Board Member Liability
                                         210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
                                         214        Public Hearings
                                         307        Communication Channels
                                         401.4    Employee Complaints
                                         402.5    Public Complaints About Employees
                                         502.4    Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved 7/10/89       
Reviewed 11/13/23           
Revised 11/13/23  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:13

213.1 - Public Complaints

213.1 - Public Complaints

 The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community. 

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

(a)  Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.

(b)  Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal.

(c)  Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.

(d)  If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board.

Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
                                         213         Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                         307         Communication Channels

Approved 11/13/95         
Reviewed  10/18/21                                
Revised   10/18/21                 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:16

214 - Public Hearings

214 - Public Hearings

 Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing shall be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice shall be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board shall conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings shall be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.9; 279.8; 297.22 (1995).

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       213      Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       703.1  Budget Planning

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21                   
Revised 11/13/95
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:17

215 - Board of Directors' Records

215 - Board of Directors' Records

The board shall keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes of each board meeting shall include as a minimum the following items:  a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed shall be attached.  This information shall be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication.  The information does not need to be published within two weeks.  The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes.  The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                       1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 215.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 403.
                                       1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary
                                       206.4  Treasurer

                                       208      Ad Hoc Committees
                                       210.8  Board Meeting Agenda
                                       708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                                       901      Public Examination of School District Records

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21                                      
Revised 11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:18

215.1E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

215.1E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

Since the official minutes of the board are the only basic legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness.  The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

  1. The place, date, and time of each meeting.
  2. They type of meeting—regular, special, emergency, work session.
  3. Members present and members absent, by name.
  4. The call to order and adjournment.
  5. The departure of members by name before adjournment.
  6. The late arrival of members, by name.
  7. The time and place of the next meeting.
  8. Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
  9. Complete information as to each subject of the board’s deliberation and the action taken.
  10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
  11. Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
  12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
  13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
  14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
  15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
  16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
  17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
  18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
  19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
  20. Adoption of textbook by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
  21. Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.
  22. A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
  23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
  24. The election or appointment of board officers.
  25. The appointment of auditors to examine the books.

 

At the organizational meeting in September/October, the minutes should reflect the following:

  1. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
  2. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
  3. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
  4. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
  5. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
  6. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
  7. A resolution naming depository along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
  8. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.
  9. Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.
  10. Voting rotation when a roll call vote is used if so desired by the board.

 

 

Approved 11/13/95   
Reviewed 10/18/21                                       
Revised  09/14/09

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:19

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:20

216.1 - Association Membership

216.1 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations is beneficial to the board.  The board shall maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.38 (1995).

Cross Reference:  216.2  Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21          
Revised  11/13/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:21

216.2 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

216.2 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.

The board shall work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' Academy of Board Learning Experiences and encourage the board members to participate in conferences to achieve the Better Boardsmanship Award.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38 (1995).

Cross Reference:  216.1  Association Membership

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21            
Revised 11/13/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:22

216.3 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

216.3 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

 As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation for the board member's time spent as a board member.  Board members shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  A credit card receipt is generally not considered a detailed receipt.  Failure to provide a detailed receipt shall make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses shall be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense.  In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the central administration office of the school district shall be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not available, the board member will be reimbursed at the current IRS Reimbursement Rate.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three-hundred miles shall be by public carrier.  Reimbursement for air travel shall be at the tourist class fares.  Should a board member choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement shall be limited to the public carrier amount.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of board members traveling on behalf of the school district warrant a larger vehicle.

Pre-approved expenses for lodging is limited to the rate of a medium priced hotel in the area.  Lodging may be pre-approved for a larger amount if special circumstances require the board member to stay at a particular hotel.

Pre-approved expenses for meals are limited to $25.00 per day.  Meals may be pre-approved for a larger amount at the discretion of the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32 (1995).

Cross Reference:  203        Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
                                       401.7    Employee Travel Compensation
                                       401.10  Credit Cards

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 10/18/21           
Revised 3/21/05
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:22

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

 Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  • Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or
  • A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (1995).
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
                                       1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross Reference:  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
                                       402.4  Gifts to Employees
                                       704.4  Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  10/18/21           
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:23

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:55

300 - Role of School District Administration

300 - Role of School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators.  Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district.  They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district.  In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration shall work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Approved  11/9/92     
Reviewed  10/18/21            
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:55

301 - Administrative Structure

301 - Administrative Structure dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:56

301.1 - Management

301.1 - Management

The board and the administrators shall work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district.  This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It shall be the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues.  Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator shall support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board shall be responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  301  Administrative Structure

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:56

302 - Superintendent

302 - Superintendent dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:57

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, national origin, age, or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board shall also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994).

                                       Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20 (2007).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors
                                       200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       301    Administrative Structure
                                       302    Superintendent

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed  10/18/21        
Revised  09/8/08        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:57

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board shall be determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract shall state the terms of employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent shall be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board shall afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the position of superintendent.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
                                       Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302  Superintendent

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed 10/18/21                  
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:58

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary shall be set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses shall be paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation shall be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (1995).
                                       1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  302  Superintendent

Approved   11/13/95               
Reviewed 10/18/21          
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:59

302.4 - Superintendent Duties

302.4 - Superintendent Duties

 The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent shall be responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent shall be responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent shall consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically the superintendent:

  • Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
  • Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
  • Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
  • Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
  • Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent's employment or salary is under consideration, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
  • Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
  • Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;
  • Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
  • Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
  • Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
  • Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
  • Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
  • Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
  • Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
  • Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
  • Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
  • Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
  • Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
  • Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
  • Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
  • Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
  • Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
  • Approves vacation schedules for employees;
  • Conducts periodic district administration meetings; and,
  • Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board.
  • Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board.
  • Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties shall not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent shall consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  209  Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                       301  Administrative Structure
                                       302  Superintendent

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  11/13/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:00

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

 The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being. 
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  •  

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

·    The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders,  the school district's goals, and the goals of the administrator’s individual professional development plan.

·    At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;

·    Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation from the entire board;

·    The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;

·    The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,

·    The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged, however, to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.  The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .23, .23A.
                                        281 I.A.C. Ch. 83; 12.3(4).
1981).
        
Iowa

Cross Reference:  212       Closed Sessions
                                        302       Superintendent

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed  10/18/21          
Revised  10/18/21  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:01

302.5E1 - Iowa Superintendent Evaluation

302.5E1 - Iowa Superintendent Evaluation

Developed by and for Iowa school leaders by the Iowa Association of School Boards and the School Administrators of Iowa to be used in conjunction with the Superintendent Evaluation Resource Guide: Promoting Professional Growth Through a Systems Approach.

 

 

                                                        

 

Available on-line: www.ia-sb.org and www.sai-iowa.org
November 2007

 

 

At the end of the year, the board should have an agenda item for the formal summative evaluation of the superintendent.  Part II includes a final form to be placed in the superintendent's personnel file.

 

Standard #1:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and                         stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.

Sample Performance Indicators

1.1  Sets priorities which evidence shows result in improved student achievement.

1.2  Articulates a vision of high expectations for teaching and student learning, and promotes school improvement to get there.

1.3 ​​​​​ Sets an example for gathering, analyzing and using district data for decision-making.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

(Circle Appropriate Response)

Standard #2:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and
                        instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 

Sample Performance Indicators

2.1  Provides leadership for annually assessing and setting priorities on student and district needs and providing structures for improvement.

2.2  Uses data to determine needs and oversee provision of appropriate professional development to meet needs. 

2.3  Continually learning about and applying new developments in education.

2.4  Provides leadership encouragement, opportunities, and structures for all staff to continually improve teaching and learning.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

          (Circle Appropriate Response)     

 

Standard #3:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources
                        for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 

 

Sample Performance Indicators

  1.  

3.1  Provides direction and support for periodic review of plans, policies and procedures and their impact on student learning. 

3.2  Monitors distribution of district resources based on the district's school improvement plan. 

3.3  Evaluates performance of staff, takes appropriate follow-up action and supports improvement.

3.4  Effectively manages district budget, facilities and staff in ways that maximize improved student learning.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

         (Circle Appropriate Response)

 

Standard #4:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by collaborating with families and community members, responding
                        to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources. 

 

Sample Performance Indicators

4.1  Provides leadership for improving parent/student/community involvement in the schools.

4.2  Promotes, demonstrates, and supports clear two-way communication for district priorities at all levels of the community school district.

4.3  Provides community service and leadership for developing a positive rapport between the schools and the community.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

         (Circle Appropriate Response)     

 

 

Standard #5:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner. 

 

Sample Performance Indicators

5.1  Conducts oneself in an ethical, fair, trustworthy and professional manner.

5.2  Establishes practices to promote personal, physical and emotional health. 

5.3  Demonstrates respect for diversity in students, staff and programs.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

          (Circle Appropriate Response)           

 

Standard #6:  A superintendent is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and
                        influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

 

Sample Performance Indicators

  1.  

6.1 Serves as an articulate advocate to community and legislature for issues beneficial to improved teaching and learning.

  1.  

6.2 Provides leadership for defining superintendent and board roles, mutual expectations, procedures for working together, and formulating appropriate district policies.

  1.  

6.3 Knows and supports the district school improvement plan and accurately reports progress on goals.

 

 

Supporting Evidence/Comments: ___________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

 

 

Goal Attainment Rating

 

     Weak - Average – Exemplary

         1   -   2   -    3   -  4   -   5

         (Circle Appropriate Response)           

 

Overall Consideration of Standards

 

 

 

Of the standards listed, which is the superintendent's greatest strength?  How does this strength directly contribute to district goals?

 

 

 

Of the standards listed, which area of standard achievement is presenting the greatest blocker to the superintendent leading for achievement of district goals?

 

 

 

What supports might the board offer to enhance the superintendent's strengths and promote triumph over existing blockers?

 

 

 

Overall End of Year Summary

 

                                                                (Place a check (a) in either the Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory column for each goal)

 

Job Responsibilities

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Overall Standards

 

 

                        Goal 1

 

 

                        Goal 2

 

 

                        Goal 3

 

 

                        Goal 4

 

 

                        Goal 5

 

 

 

 

 

Summative Rating

 

 

 

Significant Achievements:

 

 

Areas for Growth:

 

 

 

Superintendent Comments:

 

 

Board Comments:

 

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

Superintendent's Signature: ­­­­­­­­­­­­­_________________________________ Date:___________

 

Evaluation period: _____________________, 20__  to  _____________________, 20__

 

Board President’s Signature: ________________________________ Date:___________

 

 

Approved 07/13/09                
Reviewed__10/18/21______       
Revised_______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:02

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events.  If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight traveling, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent shall bring it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.

The superintendent shall report to the board after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  303.7  Administrator Professional Development
                                       401.7  Employee Travel Compensation

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed 10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:10

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may include a lump sum amount as part of the superintendent's compensation to be used specifically for paying the annual fees of the superintendent for school district community activities and events if, in the board's judgment, the superintendent's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.3  Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
                                       303.8  Administrator Civic Activities

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:11

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

The superintendent's position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment.  The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties contracted by the board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board shall give the superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (1995).

Cross Reference:  302.2  Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
                                       302.4  Superintendent Duties

Approved  11/13/95     
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:12

303 - Administrative Employees

303 - Administrative Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:14

303.1 - Administrative Positions

303.1 - Administrative Positions

The school district shall have, in addition to the superintendent, other administrative positions:

Elemenatry/Secondary Principal(s).  These administrators shall work closely with the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of these administrators to uphold board policy, to instill a positive, cooperative environment with employees, and to share their expertise with each other and the board under the management team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23-.24 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  301  Administrative Structure
                                       303  Administrative Employees

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  12/08/14  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:14

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

 The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board shall consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board shall act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2007).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4.
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  303  Administrative Employees

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  09/08/08
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:15

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board shall be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract shall also state the terms of the employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator shall be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board shall afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
                                       Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279.20, .22-.25 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(4), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  303  Administrative Employees

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:16

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary shall be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses shall be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board shall approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation shall be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.21 (1995).
                                       1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  303  Administrative Employees

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed 10/18/21                        
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:17

303.5 - Administrator Duties

303.5 - Administrator Duties

Administrators shall be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

Each attendance center shall have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center.  Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, shall be responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center.  The principal shall be considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.  Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:

  • Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;
  • Supervision of the teachers in each principal's attendance center;
  • Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;
  • Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;
  • Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules.  As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation.  In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;
  • Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;
  • Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms.  This inventory shall be reviewed and filed with the board secretary;
  • Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness.  All such cases shall be reported to the superintendent;
  • Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;
  • Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;
  • Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;
  • Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;
  • Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.

This list of duties shall not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators shall consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  301  Administrative Structure
                                       303  Administrative Employees

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:18

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

The Janesville Consolidated School District will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the Superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrator competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument to assess, among other things, the administrator’s competence in meeting the Iowa Standards for School Leaders and the goals of the administrator’s individual professional development plan.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being. 
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and nonprobationary administrators prior to May 15.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A.
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.

Cross Reference:  303       Administrative Employees

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed  10/18/21          
Revised  10/18/21  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:19

303.6E1 - Principal Leadership Performance Review

303.6E1 - Principal Leadership Performance Review

See attached document.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:21
File Attachments

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved.  Prior to attendance at an event, the administrator must receive approval from the superintendent. 

The administrator shall report to the superintendent after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  302.6  Superintendent Professional Development
                                       401.7  Employee Travel Compensation

Approved  11/13/95      
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised   10/11/10         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:25

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

The board encourages the administrators to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations, and by attending and participating in school district community activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may include a lump sum amount as part of the administrator's compensation to be used specifically for paying the annual fees of the administrator for school district community activities and events if, in the board's judgment, the administrator's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.7  Superintendent Civic Activities

Approved   11/13/95               
Reviewed 10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:27

303.9 -Administrator Consulting/Outside Employment

303.9 -Administrator Consulting/Outside Employment

An administrative position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects administrators to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over other employment.  An administrator may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board and the superintendent, the work is conducted on the administrator's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrative duties contracted by the board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board shall give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (1995).

Cross Reference:  303.3  Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
                                       303.5  Administrator Duties

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:28

304 - Administrative Regulations

304 - Administrative Regulations dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:28

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent may consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community shall be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board shall be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  209    Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                       304.2  Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

Approved  11/13/95      
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:29

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

 The administrative regulations shall be monitored and revised when necessary.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (1995).

Cross Reference:  209    Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                       304.1  Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised            
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:29

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators shall conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, shall be grounds for discipline and, possibly, dismissal.

The professional school administrator:

  • Upholds the honor and dignity of the profession in actions and relations with students, colleagues, board members and the public;
  • Obeys local, state and national laws; holds to high ethical and moral standards; and gives loyalty to this country and to the cause of democracy and liberty;
  • Accepts the responsibility to master and contribute to the growing body of specialized knowledge, concepts, and skills which characterize school administration as a profession;
  • Strives to provide the finest possible educational experiences and opportunities to the members of the school district community;
  • Seeks to preserve and enhance the prestige and status of the profession when applying for a position or entering into contractual agreements;
  • Carries out in good faith the policies duly adopted by the local board and the regulations of state authorities and renders professional service;
  • Disallows consideration of private gain or personal economic interest to affect the discharge of professional responsibilities;
  • Recognizes public schools are the public's business and seeks to keep the public informed about their schools; and,
  • Supports and practices the management team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved  11/13/95                
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:30

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it shall be the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.  The succession of authority to the superintendent shall be in this order:  Elementary/Secondary Principal, Associate  Principal.

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor shall assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board shall appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor shall assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual shall mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302  Superintendent

Approved  11/13/95     
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised   10/11/10         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:31

307 - Communication Channels

307 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems shall be resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees shall be responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community shall confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within five (5) working days of their discussion with the principal.  If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within five (5) working days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  The action of the board will be final.

It shall first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  213    Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       401.4  Employee Complaints
                                       502.4  Student Complaints and Grievances
                                       504.3  Student Publications

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  10/18/21     
Revised  11/13/95  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 11:32

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:39

400 - Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees

400 - Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.

Board policies in this series relating to general employees shall apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator.  Board policies relating to licensed employees shall apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy.  Classified employees' policies included in this series shall apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:39

401 - Employees and Internal Relations

401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:41

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

The Janesville Consolidated School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board shall consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.

Prior to a final offer of employment, the school district will perform the background checks required by law.  Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended.  If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check is waived.

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Janesville Consolidated School District is an equal employment opportunity/affirmative action employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Janesville Consolidated School District, 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, Iowa 50647; or by telephoning 319-987-2581.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 310 W. Wisconsin Ave., Ste. 800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53203-2292, (414) 291-1111 or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

Legal Reference:    29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).
            42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2004).
            42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).
            Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8; 692.2; 692.2A; 692.2(5); 235A.15;                 235A.6e(9) (2007).
            281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95.
            28 I.A.C. 14.1.

Cross Reference:    102    Equal Educational Opportunity
            104 Bullying/Harassment
            405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment,
                     Selection
            411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment,
                     Selection

Approved  07/10/89     Reviewed 10/15/23     Revised 10/15/23

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:41

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

 Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain shall be considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees shall not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supplies.  Employees shall not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees shall not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It shall also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest shall be deemed to exist shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

          (1)        The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.

          (2)        The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

          (3)        The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

It shall be the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (1995).

Cross Reference:  203    Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
                                       402.4  Gifts to Employees
                                       402.6  Employee Outside Employment

Approved 09/11/95     
Reviewed 10/18/21         
Revised            
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:43

401.3 - Nepotism

401.3 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow one family member employed by the school district to supervise another family member employed by the school district subject to the approval of the board.

The employment by the board of more than one individual in a family shall be on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
                                       411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:44

401.4 - Employee Complaints

401.4 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints shall be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and shall be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints shall never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

A formal grievance procedure is contained in the master contract between the employee's licensed bargaining unit and the board.  This policy shall not apply to a complaint that has been or could be filed at the employee's discretion under that formal grievance procedure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  307  Communication Channels

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21    
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:47

401.5 - Employee Records

401.5 - Employee Records

The school district shall maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records shall include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made except the total amount charged for all copies cannot exceed $5.00.  However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees' personnel files current.  The board secretary shall be the custodian of employee records.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (1995).

Cross Reference:  402.1  Release of Credit Information
                                        403    Employees' Health and Well-Being
                                        708    Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised 11/11/13 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:48

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

1.     Employee personnel records may contain the following information:

  • Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.
  • Individual employment contract.
  • Evaluations.
  • Application, resume and references.
  • Salary information.
  • Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
  • Educational transcripts.
  • Assignment.
  • Records of disciplinary matters.

 

2.     Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:

  • Medical professional signed physical form.
  • Sick or long-term disability leave days.
  • Worker's compensation claims.
  • Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
  • Employee's medical history.
  • Employee emergency names and numbers.
  • Family and medical leave request forms.

 

3.     The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:

  • The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
  • The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
  • The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
  • The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
  • The fact that the individual was discharged as the result of a final disciplinary action upon the exhaustion of all applicable contractual, legal and statutory remedies; and,
  • Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

 

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

  • Application for employment.
  • Resume.
  • References.
  • Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
  • Affirmative action form, if submitted.

 

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

Employee Record Retention

All employee records, except payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of one year after termination of employment with the district.  Applicant records are maintained for a minimum of one year after the position was filled.  Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 285; 321 (1995).

Cross Reference:  401.7  Employee Travel Compensation
                                      711    Transportation
                                      904.1  Transporting of Students in Private Vehicles

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed  10/18/21            
Revised11/11/13 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:49

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

 Generally, transportation of students shall be in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee.  In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee's motor vehicle.

Employees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the superintendent.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 285; 321 (1995).

Cross Reference:  401.7  Employee Travel Compensation
                                       711    Transportation
                                       904.1  Transporting of Students in Private Vehicles

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed  10/18/21              
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:53

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

 Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses.  Actual and necessary travel expenses shall include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.

 

Travel Outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approval shall include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.  Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, shall be approved by the superintendent.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses will be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel.  Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, other than a credit card receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Failure to have a detailed receipt shall make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip shall be reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses.  Pre-approved expenses for registration shall be limited to the actual cost of the registration.

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office shall be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed 39 cents per mile.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office may be by public carrier.  Reimbursement for air travel shall be at the tourist class fares.  Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement shall be limited to the public carrier amount.  Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of people traveling on behalf of the school district warrants a larger vehicle.

Pre-approved expense for lodging limited to the rate of a medium priced hotel in the area.  Lodging may be pre-approved for a larger amount if special circumstances require the employee to stay at a particular hotel.  Pre-approved expenses for meals are limited to $35 per day or $5 Breakfast, $13 Lunch, $17 Dinner .  Meals may be pre-approved for a larger amount by the board.

 

Travel Within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at 39 cents per mile.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.

Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance shall have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.

The superintendent shall be responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations shall include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
                                       Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (1995).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512.

Cross Reference:  216.3   Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
                                       401.6  Transporting of Students by Employees
                                       401.10  Credit Cards
                                       904.1   Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Approved 07/10/89  
Reviewed 10/18/21                                 
Revised 2/9/15
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:55

401.8 - Recognition for Service of Employees

401.8 - Recognition for Service of Employees

 The board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees.  Employees who retire or resign may be honored by the board, administration and staff in an appropriate manner.

If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent shall seek prior approval from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Const. Art. III, § 31.
                                       Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102.

Cross Reference:  407  Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
                                       413  Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:57

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

Employees shall not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board.  Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  409.5  Licensed Employee Political Leave
                                       414.5  Classified Employee Political Leave

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 10:58

401.10 - Credit Cards

401.10 - Credit Cards

 Employees may use school district credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt shall make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses shall be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation director may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card use by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.

The superintendent shall be responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit card.  The administrative regulations shall include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit card.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  216.3  Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
                                       401.7  Employee Travel Compensation

Approved 12/13/93    
Reviewed 10/18/21            
Revised 09/11/95
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:00

401.11 - Employee Orientation

401.11 - Employee Orientation

 Employees must know their role and duties.  New employees may be required to participate in an orientation program for new employees.  The employee’s immediate supervisor should provide the new employee with a review of the employee’s responsibilities and duties.  Payroll procedures and employee benefit programs and accompanying forms will be explained to the employee by the Board Secretary.  Regular employee’s ineligible for the school district’s group health plan will be given information regarding where they can obtain health care or health care insurance.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (1995).
                                       191 I.A.C. 74

Cross Reference:  404    Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                       406    Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits
                                       412    Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised____________
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:01

401.13 - Staff Technology Use/Social Networking

401.13 - Staff Technology Use/Social Networking

Computers are a powerful and valuable education and research tool and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon computers as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s computer resources. Employees must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt from or disrupt the educational process and failure to do so will result in discipline, up to and including, discharge.

 

General Provisions

The superintendent is responsible for designating a technology coordinator who will oversee the use of school district computer resources. The technology coordinator will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff in computer skills, appropriate use of computers and for the incorporation of computer use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s computer resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the system. All users of the school district’s computer resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as well as suspension and/or revocation of computer access privileges.        

Usage of the school district’s computer resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. All information on the school district’s computer system is considered a public record. Whether there is an exception to keep some narrow, specific content within the information confidential is determined on a case by case basis. Therefore, users of the school district’s computer network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for e-mail or use of the school district’s computer network including web sites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s computer network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of computer records in order to exercise appropriate control over computer records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address: 

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back-up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

 

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy any web site, other than the school district web site or school-school district sanctioned web sites, are considered external web sites. Employees shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents or others on any external web site without consent of the superintendent. The employee shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external web sites. Employees shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external web sites. Employees shall not use school district time or property on external sites that are not in direct-relation to the employee’s job. Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the Internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others, all over the world. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from exposing it on the Internet. Employees, who would like to start a social media site for school district sanctioned activities, should contact the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2011).
                                        281 I.A.C. 13.35, .26

Cross Reference:  104       Anti-Bullying/Harassment
                                        306       Administrator Code of Ethics
                                        401.11  Employee Orientation
                                        407       Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
                                        413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment
                                        605       Instructional Materials

Approved                                              
Reviewed     10/18/21                                                                          
Revised     12/10/13              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:02

401.14 - Employee Expression

401.14 - Employee Expression

The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs.  When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated.  The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern.  Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district.  Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy. 

If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. Amend. I
                                          Iowa Code §§ 279.73; 280.22

Cross Reference:  502.3    Student Expression
                                       504.3    Student Publications

Approved  10/18/21                                       
Reviewed                                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:05

402 - Employees and Outside Relations

402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:07

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit:  title of position, income, and number of years employed.  This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee.  Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  401.5  Employee Records

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21                  
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:07

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators and all employees 18 years of age or older are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties. 
 
When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written report to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.  

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse and dependent adult abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years.  Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years.  Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow-up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.
 

NOTE:  All mandatory reporter training certificates issued prior to July 1, 2019 remain effective for five years.  Once this certificate expires, subsequent training certificates will be valid for three years.  

 

NOTE: For more information, please visit the “Report Abuse and Fraud” section of the Iowa Department of Human Services’ website, located at http://dhs.iowa.gov/report-abuse-and-fraud

 

NOTE: Please remember there are two types of reporters identified in Iowa law: mandatory reporters and permissive reporters. Mandatory reporters are those individuals who are required by law to report suspected incidents of child abuse when they become aware of such incidents within the scope of their employment or professional responsibilities. Permissive reporters are not required by law to report abuse, but may choose to report to the Iowa Department of Human Services. While all licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators are mandatory reporters within the scope of their profession, they are considered permissive reporters outside the scope of their profession. 

 

 

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 11/13/23   
Revised 11/13/23 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:08

402.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulations

402.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulations

Iowa law requires licensed employees to report to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) instances of suspected child abuse which they become aware of within the scope of their professional practice.

The law further specifies that a licensed employee who knowingly or willfully fails to report a suspected case of child abuse is guilty of a simple misdemeanor and that the licensed employee may be subject to civil liability for damages caused by the failure to report.

Employees participating in good faith in the making of a report or in a judicial proceeding that may result from the report, are immune from liability.

 

Child Abuse Defined

"Child abuse" is defined as:

  • Any nonaccidental physical injury, or injury which is at variance with the history given of it, suffered by a child as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.
  • The commission of a sexual offense with or to a child . . . as a result of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the child. . . .  Sexual offense includes sexual abuse, incest, and sexual exploitation of a minor.
  • The failure on the part of a person responsible for the care of a child to provide for the adequate food, shelter, clothing or other care necessary for the child's welfare when financially able to do so.  A parent or guardian legitimately practicing religious beliefs who does not provide specified medical treatment for a child for that reason alone shall not be considered abusing the child . . . .
  • The acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of a child which allow, permit or encourage the child to engage in acts prohibited pursuant to Iowa Code, section 725.1 which deals with prostitution.
  • Any mental injury to a child’s intellectual or psychological capacities evidenced by an observable and substantial impairment in the child’s normal range of performance and behavior as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child, if the impairment is diagnosed by a licensed physician or qualified mental health professional.
  • An illegal drug is present in a child’s body as a direct and foreseeable consequence of the acts of omissions of the person responsible for the care of the child.
  • The person responsible for the care of a child has, in the presence of the child, as defined in section 232.2, subsection 6, paragraph “p”, manufactured a dangerous substance, as defined in section 232, subsection 6, paragraph “p”, or in the presence of the child possesses a product containing ephedrine or its salts, optical isomers or its salts, pseudo ephedrine or its salts, with the intent to use the product as a precursor or an intermediary to a dangerous substance.
  • The commission of bestiality in the presence of a minor under section 717C.1 by a person who resides in a home with a child, as a result of the acts of omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.

Teachers in public schools are not "persons responsible for the care of the child" under this definition.  However, a teacher who abuses a child is subject to civil, criminal, and professional sanctions.

 

Reporting Procedures

Licensed employees, including teachers and school nurses, are required to report, either orally or in writing, within twenty-four hours to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) when the employee reasonably believes a child has suffered from abuse within the scope of employment.  Within forty-eight hours of an oral report, a written report must be filed with DHS.

Each report should contain as much of the following information as can be obtained within the time limit.  However, the law specifies a report will be considered valid even if it does not contain all of the following information:

  • name, age, and home address of the child;
  • name and home address of the parents, guardians or other persons believed to be responsible for the care of the child;
  • the child's present whereabouts if not the same as the parent's or other person's home address;
  • description of injuries, including evidence of previous injuries;
  • name, age, and condition of other children in the same home;
  • any other information considered helpful; and,
  • name and address of the person making the report.

Board policy states it is not the responsibility of employees to prove that a child has been abused or neglected.  Employees should not take it upon themselves to investigate the case or contact the family of the child.  The DHS is responsible for investigating the incident of alleged abuse.

 

 

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised 12/12/05         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:10

402.3 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

402.3 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

 Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators shall be listed in the student handbook, published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 102; 103.
                                       441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2  Child Abuse Reporting
                                       403.5  Harassment
                                       503.5  Corporal Punishment

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21             
Revised 11/11/13           
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:11

402.3E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Report Form

402.3E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Report Form

Complaint of Injury to or Abuse of a Student by a School District Employee

 

Please complete the following as fully as possible.  If you need assistance, contact the Level I investigator in your school.

Student's name and address:

_____________________________________________________________

Student's telephone no.: __________________________________________

Student's school: _______________________________________________

Name and place of employment of employee accused of abusing student:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Allegation is of                                   physical                                     sexual abuse*

Please describe what happened.  Include the date, time and where the incident took place, if known.  If physical abuse is alleged, also state the nature of the student's injury: _____________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Were there any witnesses to the incident or are there students or persons who may have information about this incident?            yes             no

            If yes, please list by name, if known, or classification (for example: "third grade class," "fourth period geometry class"): __________________________________________

________________________________________________

 

*Parents of children who are in pre-kindergarten through sixth grade and whose children are the alleged victims of or witnesses to sexual abuse have the right to see and hear any interviews of their children in this investigation.  Please indicate "yes" if the parent/guardian wishes to exercise this right:

                         Yes                   No      Telephone Number                                                                     

 

Has any professional person examined or treated the student as a result of the incident?

                   yes                 no             unknown

If yes, please provide the name and address of the professional(s) and the date(s) of examination or treatment, if known:________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

 

Has anyone contacted law enforcement about this incident?            yes             no

Please provide any additional information you have which would be helpful to the investigator.  Attach additional pages if needed.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Your name, address and telephone number:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Relationship to student:__________________________________________

 

                                                                                                                                        
Complainant Signature                                      Witness Signature

 

                                                                                                                                        
Date                                                                   Witness Name (please print)

 

                                                                                                                
                                                               Witness Address

 

Be advised that you have the right to contact the police or sheriff's office, the county attorney, a private attorney, or the State Board of Educational Examiners (if the accused is a licensed employee) for investigation of this incident.  The filing of this report does not deny you that opportunity.

You will receive a copy of this report (if you are the named student's parent or guardian) and a copy of the Investigator's Report within fifteen calendar days of filing this report unless the investigation is turned over to law enforcement.

 

 

Approved_09/11/95   
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised   11/11/13         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:12

402.3E2 - Report of Level I Investigation Form

402.3E2 - Report of Level I Investigation Form

Student's name:________________________________________________

Student's age:                        Student's grade:                  

Student's address: ______________________________________________

Student's school: _______________________________________________  

Name of accused school employee                                             Building                                               

Name and address of person filing report: ___________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Name and address of student's parent or guardian, if different from person filing report:
__________________________________________________  

_____________________________________________________________  

 

Date report of abuse was filed:                                                     physical                     sexual*

Describe the nature, extent and cause of the student's injury, if any and if known:  (Attach additional pages if needed).

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Describe your investigation:  Attach additional pages if needed.  (Please do not use student witnesses' full names.)

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

*Were parent(s) or guardian(s) advised of their right to see and hear any interview of their pre-kindergarten through sixth grade children who are alleged victims of or a witness in a sexual abuse investigation?

                         Yes                  No        Was the right exercised?                 Yes                   No

Were audio tapes made of any interviews?                yes                 no

Were video tapes made of any interviews?                yes                 no

Was any action taken to protect the student during or as a result of the investigation?

                yes                 no

 

          If yes, describe:

                   student excused from school                                       school employee placed on
                                                                                                         administrative or other leave

                   student assigned to different class                               other (please specify)

 

Level I investigator's conclusions:

                       The complaint is being dismissed for lack of jurisdiction.

                       Physical abuse was alleged, but no allegation of injury was made.

                       Physical abuse was alleged, but no evidence of physical injury exists and the nature of the alleged incident makes it unlikely an injury, as defined in the rules, occurred.

                       Sexual abuse was alleged, but the alleged actions of the school employee, even if true, would not meet the definition of sexual abuse in the rules.

                       Alleged victim was not a student at the time of the incident.

                       Alleged school employee is not currently employed by this school district.

                       Alleged incident did not occur on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, nor in a school-related context.

                       The complaint has been investigated and concluded at Level I as unfounded.

                       Complaint was withdrawn.

                       Insufficient evidence exists that an incident of abuse, as defined in the rules, took place.

                       The complaint has been investigated at Level I and is founded.

                       The investigation is founded at Level I and is being turned over to Level II for further investigation.

                       Investigation of the complaint was deferred at Level I and referred to law enforcement at this time.

                       The investigation is concluded at Level I because the accused school employee has admitted the violation, has resigned, or has agreed to relinquish any teaching license held.

 

Current status of investigation:

                       Closed.  No further investigation is warranted.

                       Closed and referred to school officials for further investigation as a personnel matter.

                       Deferred to law enforcement officials.

                       Turned over to Level II investigator.

 

Other comments________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

I have given a copy of the report of abuse and of this investigative report to the employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor, and the student's parent or guardian and informed the person filing the report of the options of contacting law enforcement, private counsel, or the State Board of Educational Examiners, if the accused school employee holds an Iowa teacher's certificate or license.

 

                                                                                                                                                                
Name of investigator (please print)                              Investigator's place of employment

 

                                                                                                                 
Signature of investigator                                         Date

 

 

 

Approved 09/11/95   
Reviewed  10/18/21            
Revised     11/11/13       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:16

402.3R1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Regulation

402.3R1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Regulation

An individual who has knowledge an employee has physically or sexually abused a student may immediately report it to BJ Meaney, who is the school district's Level I investigator.  "Employee" means one who works for pay or as a volunteer under the direction and control of the school district.  The report shall be written, signed and witnessed by a person of majority age.  The witness may be the Level I investigator.  The reporter is the individual filing the report.  The report shall contain the following:

  • The full name, address, and telephone number of the person filing.
  • The full name, age, address, and telephone number, and attendance center of the student.
  • The name and place of employment of the employee who allegedly committed the abuse.
  • A concise statement of the facts surrounding the incident, including date, time, and place of occurrence, if known.
  • A list of possible witnesses by name, if known.
  • Names and locations of persons who examined, counseled or treated the student for the alleged abuse, including the dates on which those services were provided, if known.

Upon request, the Level I investigator may assist the reporter in completing the report.  An incomplete report shall not be rejected unless the missing information would render the investigation futile or impossible.  An employee receiving a report of alleged abuse of a student by an employee shall pass the report to the investigator and shall keep the report confidential to the maximum extent possible.  In performing the investigation, the investigator shall have access to the educational records of the alleged student victim as well as access to the student for interviewing purposes.

In order for the school district to have jurisdiction over the acts and to constitute a violation of the law, acts of the employee must be alleged to have occurred on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, or in a school-related context.  However, the student need not be a student in the school district.  The student can be from another school district.  To be investigable, the written report must include basic information showing that the victim of the alleged abuse is or was a student at the time of the incident, that the alleged act of the employee resulted in injury or otherwise meets the definition of abuse in these rules, and that the person responsible for the act is currently an employee.  If the report is not investigable due to lack of jurisdiction, the investigator shall dismiss the complaint and inform the reporter of other options available.  Other options available to the reporter include contacting law enforcement authorities, private counsel, or the Board of Educational Examiners in the case of a licensed employee.

If the Level I investigator believes the student is in imminent danger if continued contact is permitted between the employee and the student, the Level I investigator may:

  • temporarily remove the student from contact with the employee;
  • temporarily remove the employee from service; or,
  • take other appropriate action to ensure the student's safety.

The Level I investigator shall have access to the educational records of the student and access to the student for purposes of interviewing the student about the report.

 

Physical Abuse Allegations

          When physical abuse is reported, the Level I investigator shall make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the students' parents and the immediate supervisor of the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report shall not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.

          The Level I investigator shall use discretion in handling the information received regarding an investigation of abuse by an employee, and those persons involved in the investigation shall not discuss information regarding the complaint outside the investigation.  The entire investigative procedure will be thoroughly explained, including the confidential nature of the proceedings, to the student and other persons involved in the investigation.

          Within five days of receipt of an investigable report, the Level I investigator shall complete an informal investigation.  The informal investigation shall consist of interviews with the student, the employee and others who may have knowledge of the alleged incident.  If the Level I investigator determines that the allegations in the report are founded and that immediate and professional investigation is necessary, the Level I investigator may defer further investigation and contact appropriate law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing the report.  Within fifteen days of receipt of the report, the Level I investigator shall complete a written investigative report, unless the investigation was temporarily deferred.

 

          The written investigative report shall include:

          1.         The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

          2.         The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

          3.         The name and work address of the employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of the student.

          4.         An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in the report.

          5.         A general review of the investigation.

          6.         Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

          7.         A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

  • Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or
  • Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

          8.         The disposition or current status of the investigation.

          9.         A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

  • Contacting law enforcement officials.
  • Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.
  • Filing a complaint with the board of educational examiners if the employee is a licensed employee.

          The investigator shall retain the original and provide a copy of the written investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor and the student's parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, shall be notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or anticipated disposition of the case.

          It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident of abuse as defined in the rules took place between the student and employee.  The Level I investigator does not make the determination of whether the use of physical contact was appropriate or whether any of the exceptions apply.  That is the responsibility of the Level II investigator.  Upon completion of the report, if the Level I investigator determines the allegations of physical abuse are founded and serious, the Level I investigator shall notify law enforcement authorities.  If the allegations are founded but the physical abuse is not of a serious nature, the Level I investigator shall refer the case on to Lieutenant Rick Greenley, the Level II investigator.

          The Level II investigator shall review the Level I investigator's final investigative report and conduct further investigation.  The Level II investigative report shall state the conclusion as to the occurrence of the alleged incident, the applicability of exceptions, the reason for the contact or force used, and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  In determining the applicability of the exceptions or the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the Level II investigator will use the following definitions:

                      Physical abuse is non-accidental physical injury to the student as a result of the action of an employee.  Injury occurs when evidence of it is still apparent at least twenty-four hours after its occurrence.  The following do not constitute physical abuse, and no employee is prohibited from:

                      a.         Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain:

                                  (1)     To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

                                  (2)     To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.

                                  (3)     For the purposes of self-defense of defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code § 704.3.

                                  (4)     For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code §§ 704.4, .5.

                                  (5)     To remove a disruptive pupil from class, or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

                                  (6)     To prevent a student from the self-infliction of harm.

                                  (7)     To protect the safety of others.

                      b.         Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

                      In determining the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the following factors shall be considered:

                      a.         The nature of the misconduct of the student, if any, precipitating the physical contact by the school employee.

                      b.         The size and physical condition of the student.

                      c.         The instrumentality used in making the physical contact.

                      d.         The motivation of the school employee in initiating the physical contact.

                      e.         The extent of injury to the student resulting from the physical contact.

                      "Reasonable force" is that force and no more which a reasonable person, in like circumstances, would judge to be necessary to prevent an injury or loss and can include deadly force if it is reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to avoid injury or risk to one's life or safety or the life or safety of another, or it is reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to resist a like force or threat.

          Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator shall forward copies of the Level II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and the student's parent.  The Level I investigator shall notify the person filing the report of the current status of the case.

          If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's certificate or license, the Level I investigator shall file a complaint with the State Board of Educational Examiners.  The Level I investigator shall also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

 

Sexual Abuse

          Sexual abuse is defined as including sexual acts involving a student, acts that encourage the student to engage in prostitution, as well as inappropriate, intentional sexual behavior or sexual harassment by the employee toward a student.  "Sexual harassment" is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

          1.         Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student's education or benefits;

          2.         Submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or

          3.         The conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a student's academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive education environment.

          When sexual abuse is reported, the Level I investigator shall make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the students' parents and the immediate supervisor of the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report shall not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.  The designated investigator shall not interview the school employee named in a report of sexual abuse until after a determination is made that jurisdiction exists, the alleged victim has been interviewed and a determination made that the investigation will not be deferred.

          The investigator shall notify the parent, guardian or legal custodian of a student in prekindergarten through grade six, of the date and time of the interview and of the right to be present or to see and hear the interview or send a representative in the parent's place.  The Level I investigator shall interview the student as soon as possible, but in no case later than five days from the receipt of a report or notice of the allegation of sexual abuse.  The Level I investigator may record the interview electronically.

          The Level I investigator shall exercise discretion in the investigative process to preserve the privacy interests of the individuals involved.  To the maximum extent possible, the investigator shall maintain the confidentiality of the report.

          It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident took place between the employee and the student.  If the Level I investigator believes the employee committed a sex act with a student or sexually exploited a student, the Level I investigator shall defer the Level I investigation and immediately notify law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing the report.

          If the Level I investigator determines an incident occurred, while not an illegal sex act with a student or sexual exploitation of a student, but where the employee engaged in inappropriate, intentional sexual behavior, further investigation is warranted.  If further investigation is warranted, the Level I investigator may proceed to interview the employee and other individuals who may have knowledge of the circumstances contained in the report.  Prior to interviewing other individuals who may have knowledge of the circumstance contained in the report, the Level I investigator shall provide notice of the impending interview of student witnesses or the student who is in prekindergarten through grade six, to their parent, guardian, or legal custodian, and may provide notice to the parent or guardian of older students, prior to interviewing those students.  The Level I investigator shall, if founded, arrange for the Level II investigator to further investigate the allegations.

          Within fifteen days of receipt of the report or notice of alleged sexual abuse, the Level I investigator shall complete a written investigative report unless the investigation was temporarily deferred.  The written investigative report shall include:

         1.      The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

         2.      The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

         3.      The name and work address of the school employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of the student.

         4.      An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in the report.

         5.      A general review of the investigation.

         6.      Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

         7.      A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

  • Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or
  • Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

         8.      The disposition or current status of the investigation.

         9.      A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

  • Contacting law enforcement officials.
  • Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.
  • Filing a complaint with the board of educational examiners if the school employee is certificated.

          The investigator shall retain the original and provide a copy of the investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the school employee's supervisor and the named student's parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, shall be notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or anticipated disposition of the case.

          If the allegations are founded, the Level I investigation shall refer the case to the Level II investigator.  The Level II investigator shall review the Level I investigator's final investigative report and conduct further investigation if necessary.  The Level II investigative report shall state conclusively as to the occurrence of the alleged incident, conclusively as to the nature of the sexual abuse and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator shall forward copies of the Level II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and the student's parent.  The Level I investigator shall notify the person filing the report of the current status of the case.

          If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude sexual abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's certificate or license, the Level I investigator shall file a complaint on behalf of the district after obtaining the superintendent's signature with the State Board of Educational Examiners.  The Level I investigator shall also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

In cases involving founded physical or sexual abuse by a licensed employee, the board shall notify the Board of Educational Examiners.  Information of unfounded abuse at Level I or Level II shall not be kept in the employee's personnel file.  If the Level I investigative report is founded but Level II is unfounded, then the Level I report shall be removed from the employee's permanent file.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to annually identify a Level I and Level II investigator.  The board shall also designate annually an alternate Level I investigator, preferably of the opposite sex of the designated Level I investigator, to whom reports may also be made.  The names and telephone numbers of the Level I investigator and the alternate Level I investigator shall be included in employee handbooks, student handbooks, annually published in the local newspaper, and prominently displayed in all school buildings.

 

 

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed    10/18/21            
Revised       2/9/15     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:20

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

 Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  • Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee.
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
  • A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It shall be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (1995).
                                      1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
                                      1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross Reference:  217    Gifts to Board of Directors
                                      401.2  Employee Conflict of Interest
                                      704.4  Gifts-Grants-Bequests

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:25

402.5 - Required Professional Development for Employees

402.5 - Required Professional Development for Employees

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students. The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees.  

For all professional development programs, the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program. 
 

NOTE:  This requirement exists regardless of the employee’s status as a licensed or classified employee. With the change in law stating that all school employees are now mandatory reporters, this policy language will apply to all employees for at least some training.  

 

 

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 11/13/23    
Revised 11/13/23 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:26

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  401.2  Employee Conflict of Interest
                                       408.3  Licensed Employee Tutoring

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:27

403 - Employee Health and Well Being

403 - Employee Health and Well Being dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:28

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

 Good health is important to job performance.  Employees will present evidence of good health, in the form of a physical examination report, prior to their employment with the school district. 

School bus drivers shall present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a physical examination report, unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion. The cost of school bus driver’s physical examinations, in excess of insurance coverage, will be paid by the Janesville School District, up to a maximum of $145.  Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

The cost of the initial examination, up to $35.00, will be paid by the Janesville School District.  The form, indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired and that the employee did not test positive for tuberculosis, must be returned prior to payment of salary.   The school district shall provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee.  Employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they will not take the vaccine.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to write an exposure control plan to eliminate or minimize district occupational exposure to blood borne pathogens.  The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding physical examinations of such employees are followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2006).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(14); 43.15 -.20.

Cross Reference:  403  Employees' Health and Well-Being

Approved 07/10/89 
Reviewed 09/10/24   
Revised 09/10/24       
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:28

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

 When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the building principal shall notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the building principal becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.

It shall be the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.

It is the responsibility of the employee to file claims, such as workers' compensation, through the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.4, 613.17 (2009).
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

Cross Reference:  403    Employees' Health and Well-Being
                                       409.2  Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
                                       414.2  Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21     
Revised   01/10/11         
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:29

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

 Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's blood borne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan shall be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees shall be determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it shall not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
                                       29 U.S.C. § 794, 1910 (2006).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
                                       45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2006).
                                       Iowa Code  § 139A; 141A (2009).
                                       641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.

Cross Reference:  401.5  Employee Records
                                       403.1  Employee Physical Examinations
                                       507.3 Communicable Diseases-Students

Approved 10/12/92    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 01/10/11   
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:30

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease

Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

 

The Vaccine

The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

 

Dosage and Administration

The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

 

Possible Vaccine Side Effects

The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

CONSENT OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I have knowledge of Hepatitis B and the Hepatitis B vaccination.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions of a qualified nurse or physician and understand the benefits and risks of Hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that I must have three doses of the vaccine to obtain immunity.  However, as with all medical treatment, there is no guarantee that I will become immune or that I will not experience side effects from the vaccine.  I give my consent to be vaccinated for Hepatitis B.

 

                                                                                                                                                                     
Signature of Employee (consent for Hepatitis B vaccination)                Date

 

                                                                                                                                                                    
Signature of Witness                                                                                Date

 

 

REFUSAL OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring the Hepatitis B virus infection.  I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge to myself.  However, I decline the Hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with the Hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

 

                                                                                                                                                                      
Signature of Employee (refusal for Hepatitis B vaccination)                  Date

 

                                                                                                                                                                      
Signature of Witness                                                                                  Date

 

I refuse because I believe I have (check one)

                           started the series                            completed the series

 

 

 

RELEASE FOR HEPATITIS B MEDICAL INFORMATION

 

I hereby authorize                                                                                     (individual or organization holding Hepatitis B records and address) to release to Janesville Consolidated School District, my Hepatitis B vaccination records for required employee records.

I hereby authorize release of my Hepatitis B status to a health care provider, in the event of an exposure incident.

 

                                                                                                                                                        
Signature of Employee                                                                              Date

 

                                                                                                                                                        
Signature of Witness                                                                                   Date

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

 

                                                                                                                                                                            
Employee Name (last, first, middle)                                                                       Social Security No.

 

Job Title:                                                                                                                                                         

 

          Hepatitis B Vaccination Date                   Lot Number            Site                                                            Administered by

1                                                                                                                                                                                                         

2                                                                                                                                                                                                        

3                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Additional Hepatitis B status information:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Post-exposure incident: (Date, time, circumstances, route under which exposure occurred)

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Identification and documentation of source individual:

_____________________________________________________________

 

Source blood testing consent:

_____________________________________________________________

 

Description of employee's duties as related to the exposure incident:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Copy of information provided to health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Attach a copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, follow-up procedures, and health care professional's written opinion.

 

Training Record: (date, time, instructor, location of training summary)

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:31

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.  These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

 

Hand Washing

Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

  • Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
  • Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
  • If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
  • Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

 

Barriers

Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW.  Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

 

Disposal of Waste

Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required.  A band-aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

 

Clean up

Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

  • Wear gloves.
  • Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
  • Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
  • Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
  • Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

 

Laundry

Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

 

Exposure

An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

  • Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
  • If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
  • If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

 

 

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:34

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

 The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it shall be distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent shall maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students shall disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq. (2006).
                                       Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2009).
                                       347 I.A.C. 120.

Cross Reference:  403  Employees' Health and Well-Being
                                       804  Safety Program

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 01/10/11 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:35

403.5 - Harassment

403.5 - Harassment

Harassment of employees and students will not be tolerated in the school district.  School district includes school district facilities, school district premises, and nonschool property if the employee or student is at any school sponsored, school approved or school related activity or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

Harassment includes, but is not limited to, racial, religious, national origin, age, disability and sexual harassment.  Harassment by board members, administrators, employees, parents, vendors, and others doing business with the school district is prohibited.  Employees whose behavior is alleged to be in violation of this policy will be subject to the investigation procedure which may result in discipline, up to and including, discharge or other appropriate action.  Other individuals whose behavior is alleged to be in violation of this policy will be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by the superintendent or board.

Sexual harassment shall include, but not be limited to, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

  • submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's employment;
  • submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for employment decisions affecting such individual; or
  • such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment.

Other types of harassment may include, but not be limited to, jokes, stories, pictures or objects that are offensive, tend to alarm, annoy, abuse or demean certain protected individuals and groups.

Employees and students who believe they have suffered harassment shall report such matters to the investigator for harassment complaints.  However, claims regarding harassment may also be reported to the alternate investigator for harassment complaints.

Upon receiving a complaint, the investigator shall confer with the complainant to obtain an understanding and a statement of the facts.  It shall be the responsibility of the investigator to promptly and reasonably investigate claims of harassment and to pass the findings on to the superintendent who shall complete such further investigation as deemed necessary and take such final action as deemed appropriate.  Information regarding an investigation of harassment shall be confidential to the extent possible, and those individuals who are involved in the investigation shall not discuss information regarding the complaint outside the investigation process.

No one shall retaliate against an employee or student because they have filed a harassment complaint, assisted or participated in a harassment investigation, proceeding, or hearing regarding a harassment charge or because they have opposed language or conduct that violates this policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the board members, administrators, licensed and classified employees, students, and others having business or other contact with the school district to act appropriately under this policy.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and investigator to inform and educate employees or students and others involved with the school district about harassment and the school district's policy prohibiting harassment.

This policy and accompanying regulations shall only apply when an employee is the victim of an alleged harasser or an employee is the alleged harasser.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the investigator, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Meritor Savings Bank v. Vinson, 477 U.S. 57 (1986).
                                       Hall v. Gus Const. Co., 842 F.2d 1010 (8th Cir. 1988).
                                       Lynch v. City of Des Moines, 454 N.W.2d 827 (Iowa 1990).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1988).
                                       29 C.F.R. Pt. 1604.11 (1993).
                                       Iowa Code ch. 216 (1995).

Cross Reference:  102     Equal Educational Opportunity
                                       401.1   Equal Employment Opportunity
                                       401.4   Employee Complaints
                                       402.3   Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                       404     Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                       502.10  Student-to-Student Harassment
                                       503     Student Discipline

Approved 05/09/94    
Reviewed  10/18/21         
Revised 09/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:36

403.5E1 - Harassment Complaint Form

403.5E1 - Harassment Complaint Form

Name of complainant: ___________________________________________

Position of complainant: _________________________________________

Date of complaint:______________________________________________

Name of alleged harasser:________________________________________

Date and place of incident or incidents:______________________________

_____________________________________________________________

Description of misconduct: _______________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

Name of witnesses (if any): ______________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Evidence of harassment, i.e., letters, photos, etc. (attach evidence if possible):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Any other information:___________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:                                                                                    

Date:                                                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:37

403.5E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

403.5E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of witness:_______________________________________________

Position of witness: _____________________________________________

Date of testimony, interview: _____________________________________

Description of instance witnessed: _________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

Any other information: __________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:                                                                                              

Date:                                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:38

403.5R1 - Harassment Investigation Procedures

403.5R1 - Harassment Investigation Procedures

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE                                 

An employee or student who believes that they have been harassed will notify the elementary principal, the designated investigator.  The alternate investigator is the superintendent.  The investigator may request that the employee or student complete the Harassment Complaint form and turn over evidence of the harassment, including, but not limited to, letters, tapes, or pictures.  Information received during the investigation is kept confidential to the extent possible.

The investigator, with the approval of the superintendent, or the superintendent has the authority to initiate a harassment investigation in the absence of a written complaint.

 

INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

The investigator will reasonably and promptly commence the investigation upon receipt of the complaint.  The investigator will interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The alleged harasser may file a written statement refuting or explaining the behavior outlined in the complaint.  The investigator may also interview witnesses as deemed appropriate.

Upon completion of the investigation, the investigator will report to the superintendent.  The investigator will outline the findings of the investigation to the superintendent. 

 

RESOLUTION OF THE COMPLAINT

The superintendent will complete the next step in the investigation reasonably and promptly upon receipt of the investigator's report.  Following the investigator's report, the superintendent may investigate further, if deemed necessary, and make a determination of the appropriate next step which may include discipline up to and including discharge.

Prior to the determination of the appropriate remedial action, the superintendent may, at the superintendent's discretion, interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The superintendent will file a written report closing the case.  The complainant, the alleged harasser and the investigator will receive notice as to the conclusion of the investigation.

 

POINTS TO REMEMBER IN THE INVESTIGATION

        ·        Evidence uncovered in the investigation is confidential.

        ·        Complaints must be taken seriously and investigated.

        ·        No retaliation will be taken against individuals involved in the investigation process.

        ·        Retaliators will be disciplined up to and including discharge.

 

CONFLICTS

If the investigator is the alleged harasser or a witness to the incident, the alternate investigator is the investigator. 

If the alleged harasser is the superintendent, the alternate investigator will take the superintendent's place in the investigation process.  The alternate investigator will report the findings to the board.

 

 

Approved 4/10/06                    
Reviewed _10/18/21                 
Revised _____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:39

403.6 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.6 - Substance-Free Workplace

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee shall unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicles.  "Workplace" also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee shall notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  An employee who violates this policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (2006).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2004).
                                       Iowa Code §§,123.46, 124; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved 09/11/95  
Reviewed  10/18/21          
Revised  01/10/11             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:40

403.6E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

403.6E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 204.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as a employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles.  Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

Employees who violate the terms of the Substance-Free Workplace policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board.  The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in such a program the employee shall be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

I,                                                                   , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program.  If I fail to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                                                                (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:41

403.6R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

403.6R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem shall follow these procedures:

          1.         Identification - the superintendent shall document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent shall discuss the problem with the employee.

          2.         Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination or may recommend the employee seek substance abuse treatment.  Participation in a substance abuse treatment program is voluntary.

          3.         Failure to participate in referral - if the employee refuses to participate in a substance abuse treatment program or if the employee does not successfully complete a substance abuse treatment program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

          4.         Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

 

 

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:42

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.

The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion, post-accident, return to full duty and follow up drug  and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles shall not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy shall be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, superintendent or board secretary at 505 Barrick Road, Janesville, IA  50647, 319-987-2581.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  The district is required to keep a record of all drug and alcohol violations by employees for a minimum of five years.  Employees are put on notice that information related to drug and alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.  Additionally, the district will conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries for employees annually.  Employees must provide written consent for the district to conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries; however, employees who choose to withhold consent will be prohibited from performing any safety sensitive functions.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

The superintendent shall also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent shall also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration, 51
                                        Fed. 3rd 405 (4th Cir. 1995).
                                        49 U.S.C. ¤ 5331 et seq. (2006).
                                        42 U.S.C. ¤ 12101
                                        41 U.S. C. ¤ 81
                                        49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391.81-123 (2006).
                                        34 C.F.R. Pt. 85.
                                        Local 301, Internat’l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIP, and City of Burlington, PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).
                                        Iowa Code 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5

Cross Reference:  403.6  Substance-Free Workplace
                                        409.2  Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
                                        414.2  Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved:    12/11/96            
Reviewed  10/18/21           
Revised 10/20/20

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:43

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice To Employees

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice To Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion  and post-accident  drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also include applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will  contact the school district contact person.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. 

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FUTHER NOTIFIED that the information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

 

Approved:    12/11/96            
Reviewed  10/18/21           
Revised 10/20/20

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:45

403.7E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

403.7E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

I, ____________________________________ , have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of Janesville Consolidated School District  and its supporting documents.

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use.

In addition, I have received a copy of the US DOT publication, “What employees Need to Know about DOT Drug and Alcohol Testing,” and have and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function.  I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

 

_______________________________________             _____________
 (Signature of Employee)                                                                          (Date)

 

 

Approved:    12/11/96            
Reviewed   10/18/21      
Revised 10/20/20

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:45

403.7E3 - Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

403.7E3 - Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

I _____________________, understand that as part of my employment in a position that requires a commercial driver’s license in the Janesville Consolidated School District, I grant consent for the District to conduct queries of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”) Commercial Driver’s License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse to determine whether drug or alcohol violation information about me exists in the Clearinghouse.  I further consent to the District sharing information related to my drug and alcohol testing results with prior, current and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse in accordance with state and federal laws.

I understand that the District will check and perform queries of my drug and alcohol testing results prior to my employment in any position which requires the use of a commercial driver’s license.  I further understand the District will check and perform queries of my testing results annually and is required to report any drug and alcohol violations of this policy to the FMCSA Clearinghouse.

I understand that I am not required to consent to the query of the FMCSA Clearinghouse or the District sharing of drug and alcohol testing information with past, present or future employers or the FMCSA Clearinghouse; but that without my consent I understand I will be prohibited from performing safety sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, as required by FMCSA’s drug and alcohol program regulations.

I hereby give my consent to the District to perform queries of the FMCSA Clearinghouse and share my drug and alcohol testing results with past, present and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse.

 

 

__________________________________                      ____________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                            Date

 

 

Approved:    10/20/20                           
Reviewed  10/18/21                    
Revised __________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:47

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees shall conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees shall dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion and common-sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district including administrators will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2009).
                                       282 I.A.C. , 25; 26

Cross Reference:  305    Administrator Code Of Ethics
                                       403.5  Harassment
                                       403.6  Substance-Free Workplace
                                       407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
                                       413    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21        
Revised  01/10/11          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:48

404.R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

404.R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

chapter 25

282—25.1(272)  Scope of standards. 

This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272.  The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

282—25.2(272)  Definitions. 

Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other school personnel, who provides educational assistance to students and who holds a license, certificate, or other authorization issued by the board.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

“Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade 12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

282—25.3(272)  Standards of professional conduct and ethics. 

Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.  Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board.  In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

25.3(1)Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Fraud.  Fraud in the procurement or renewal of a practitioner’s license.

b.   Criminal convictions.  The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law or the laws of any other state or of the United States, provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.

(1)  Disqualifying criminal convictions.  The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:

1.   Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code § 702.11:  child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;

2.   Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code Ch. 709, involving a child:

  • First– , second– or third–degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;
  • Lascivious acts with a child;
  • Detention in a brothel;
  • Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;
  • Indecent contact with a child;
  • Sexual exploitation by a counselor;
  • Lascivious conduct with a minor; or
  • Sexual exploitation by a school employee;

3.   Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code § 726.2;

4.   Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.2; or

5.   Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.15.

(2)  Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse.  In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:

1.   The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;

2.   The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

3.   The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

4.   The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;

5.   The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and

6.   Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.

c.   Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student.  Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual:  fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code § 702.17.

d.   Sexual exploitation of a minor.  The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code § 728.12, Iowa Code Ch. 709 or 18 U.S.C. § 2252A(a)(5)(B).

e.   Student abuse.  Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom.  The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

(1)  Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;

(2)  Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;

(3)  Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;

(4)  Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student; 

(5)  Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee; or

(6)  Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law.

 

25.3(2)Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.

b.   Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

 

25.3(3)Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.   Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 17.

e.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

 

25.3(4)Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.   Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.   Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.   Combining public or school–related funds with personal funds.

e.   Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

 

25.3(5)Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

a.   Violation of this standard includes:

(1)  Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.

(2)  Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract.  An administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.

(3)  Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.

(4)  As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

(5)  As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

b.   In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control.  For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

(1)  The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or

(2)  The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:

1.   The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;

2.   The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or

3.   June 30.

 

25.3(6)Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.

b.   Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.

c.   Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.

d.   Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.

e.   Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, color, religion, age, sex, disability, marital status, national origin, or membership in a definable minority.

f.    Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioner’s personal advantage.

g.   Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.

h.   Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records, health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income.  Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.

i.    Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.

j.    Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.

k.   Failing to self–report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires revocation of the practitioner’s license.

l.    Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.

m.  Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.

n.   Allowing another person to use one’s practitioner license for any purpose.

o.   Performing services beyond the authorized scope of practice for which the individual is licensed or prepared.

 

25.3(7)Standard VII—compliance with state law governing student loan obligations and child support obligations.  Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 9 concerning repayment of student loans.

b.   Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.

 

25.3(8)Standard VIII—incompetence.  Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:

a.   Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.

b.   Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.

 

These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code § 272.2(1)“a.”

 

 

Approved 9/11/95   
Reviewed  10/18/21        
Revised  1/9/06          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:49

404.R2 - Employee Attire/Appearance

404.R2 - Employee Attire/Appearance

Employees will dress as professionals in order to set a good example for students, colleagues, and community.  The personal appearance of employees of the Janesville Consolidated School District affects the respect parents, community members, and others have for the school district, the staff, and the respect that employees have for themselves and others.  As a representative of the Janesville Consolidated School District employees are expected to dress with dignity and professionalism.

Employees are to wear clothing that is neat and clean.  Employees are not to wear clothing that is torn, tattered, dirty and excessively faded, or with visual, written, or implied messages that are likely to disrupt the school environment.  

Wind suits, overalls, denim blue jeans, hats, tank tops, backless apparel, midriffs, tube tops, cut off shorts, gym/running shorts, or tops with straps less than 2 inches that are revealing (e.g. cleavage or midriff) or see through blouses are not acceptable. 

Leggings are only acceptable when the backside is covered. Leggings must be worn under tunics or skirts that are shorter than mid-thigh.  Dress shorts longer than mid-thigh may be worn anytime the temperature is 80 degrees or above and during the first three weeks of school.  

Support staff may wear jeans which fit the dress code or dress pants with a Janesville shirt or school colors any day of the week.  

Footwear must be worn at all times. Shoes traditionally worn around the home (I.e., house shoes or slippers or to the beach (I.e., flip-flop design) not permitted. Tennis/athletic shoes that are clean and in good condition may be worn. 

Fridays and/or designated District Spirit Days: Blue jeans, t-shirts, sweatshirts, or jackets supporting the school logo or colors are permitted. 

Exemptions include job specific duties such as custodial, building, grounds, transportation, physical education, and athletics. Occasional task specific exemption activities include field trips outdoors or involving physical activity along with practices and rehearsals. Exemptions should not preclude professional appearance. *

 

                                                                                                                

Approved 4/12/12   
Reviewed   01/12/22                 
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:53

405 - Licensed Employees - General

405 - Licensed Employees - General dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:54

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls, 187 Iowa
                                       89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272.6; 279.8; (2009).
                                       282 I.A.C. 14.
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4; 41.25.
                                       1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
                                       410.1  Substitute Teachers
                                       411.1  Classified Employee Defined

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21       
Revised  01/10/11         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:54

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," shall have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity or disability.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

Announcement of the position is in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications are returned to the school district administrative office.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding qualifications, recruitment and selections of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2006).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2006).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13; 294.1 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.
                                       282 I.A.C. 14.
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  401.2  Equal Employment Opportunity
                                       405    Licensed Employees - General
                                       410.1  Substitute Teachers

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 01/10/11
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:55

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.

Each contract will be for a period of one year.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, shall be returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract will be filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).
                                       Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
                                       Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
                                       Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
                                       407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised  01/10/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:56

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

 Contracts entered into with licensed employees, other than an administrator, will continue from year to year unless the contract states otherwise, is modified by mutual agreement between the board and the employee, or the contract is terminated by the board.

The first two years of a continuing contract issued to a newly employed licensed employee shall be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the licensed employee.  In the event of termination of the employee's contract during this period, the board will afford the licensed employee appropriate due process.  The action of the board will be final.

Licensed employees whose contracts will be recommended for termination by the board will receive notice prior to April 30.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board for the termination of the licensed employee's contract.

Licensed employees who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with board policies in those areas.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ar-We-Va Community School District v. Long and Henkenius, 292 N.W.2d 402 (Iowa 1980).
                                       Bruton v. Ames Community School District, 291 N.W.2d 351 (Iowa 1980).
                                       Hartman v. Merged Area VI Community College, 270 N.W.2d 822 (Iowa 1978).
                                       Keith v. Community School District of Wilton in the Counties of Cedar and Muscatine, 262 N.W.2d 249 (Iowa 1978).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 272; 279.12-.19B, .27; 294.1 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
                                       405.9  Licensed Employee Probationary Status
                                       407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved  07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 03/09/15  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:57

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The work day for licensed employees shall begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year shall have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes shall be reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding work day of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21      
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:58

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board shall consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 01/10/11 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 11:59

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

 Determining the location where an employee's assignment will be carried out is the responsibility and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal, or the superintendent.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the transfer of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding transfers of employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 216.14; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       405.6  Licensed Employee Assignment

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21      
Revised   01/10/11         
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:00

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

 Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators.  The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.

Licensed employees will be required to:

  • Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school’s district’s student achievement goals.
  • Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
  • Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction
  • Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
  • Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
  • Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
  • Engage in professional growth.
  • Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding evaluation of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
                                       Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14, .19, .27, 294 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(4) 83.
                                       281 I.A.C. CH 83, 12, 3(4)

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       405.9  Licensed Employee Probationary Status

Approved  07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 01/10/11 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:01

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract shall be a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.

Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance.  Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
                                       405.8  Licensed Employee Evaluation

Approved  09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised  01/10/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:03

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:04

406.1 - Licensed Employee Salary Schedule

406.1 - Licensed Employee Salary Schedule

The board shall establish salary schedules for licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the salary schedule.  The salary schedule shall be subject to review and modification through the collective bargaining process.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding wages and salaries of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405    Licensed Employees - General
                                       406.2  Licensed Employee Salary Schedule Advancement

Approved 07/10/89  
Reviewed 10/18/21  
Revised 2/14/11 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:04

406.2 - Licensed Employee Salary Schedule Advancement

406.2 - Licensed Employee Salary Schedule Advancement

The board shall determine which licensed employees will advance on the salary schedule for the licensed employees' positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

It is to be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of licensed employees on the salary schedule.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding salary schedule advancement of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
                                       406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 2/14/11           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:05

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

Continued education on the part of licensed employees may entitle them to advancement on the salary schedule.  Licensed employees who have completed additional hours will be considered for advancement on the salary schedule.  The board shall determine which licensed employees will advance on the salary schedule for continued education keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and any other items deemed relevant by the board.

Licensed employees who wish to obtain additional education for advancement on the salary schedule must notify their supervisor by September 15 of the current school when advancement occurs.  This additional education must be in the same area as the education that was required of the employee to hold the employee's current position with the school district.  For purposes of illustration only, a math teacher would advance on the salary schedule only if the additional education was in math courses.  The superintendent has the discretion to approve credit outside the employee's area of endorsement or responsibility.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee on the salary schedule.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between licensed employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding continued education credit of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
                                       406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 2/14/11           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:06

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

A licensed employee may volunteer or be required to take on extra duty, with the extra duty being secondary to the major responsibility of the licensed employee.  The board will establish a salary schedule for extra duty licensed employee positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

Vacant extra duty positions, for which extra compensation will be earned, will be posted to allow qualified licensed employees to volunteer for the extra duty.  If no licensed employee volunteers for extra duty, the superintendent will assign the extra duty positions to qualified licensed employees.  The licensed employee will receive compensation for the extra duty required to be performed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to which licensed employees shall have the extra duty, and the salary schedule for extra duty, for the board's review.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the compensation for extra duties of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8, .13-.15, .19A-B (2009).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
                                       406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 2/14/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:07

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

 Licensed employees are eligible for group insurance and health benefits.  The board will select the group insurance program and the insurance company which will provide the program. 

Full-time licensed employees are eligible to participate in the health and major medical, life, and long-term disability group insurance plans.  Regular part-time employees who wish to purchase insurance coverage may participate in group insurance programs by meeting the requirements of the insurer.  Full-time and regular part-time licensed employees who wish to purchase insurance coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program if they cease employment with the school district by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

This policy statement does not guarantee a certain level of benefits.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group insurance programs for its licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the group insurance benefits of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12, .27; 509; 509A; 509B (2013).
                                       
Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii). Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
                                      Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                       
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Cross Reference:  405.1  Licensed Employee Defined

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 03/09/15 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:07

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for licensed employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program chosen by the board and collective bargaining units.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will provide a written request to the business office.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the tax sheltered annuities of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2009).
                                       1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
                                       1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
                                       1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706  Payroll Procedures

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 02/14/11 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:10

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:10

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

 A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
                                       405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
                                       407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:11

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

 Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board shall have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract shall be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board up to $500 for expenses incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46 (2009).
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
                                       405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
                                       407.3  Licensed Employee Retirement

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 2/14/11
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:11

407.3 - Licensed Employee Retirement

407.3 - Licensed Employee Retirement

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent.  Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents shall be allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46 (2009).
                                       581 I.A.C. 21.
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  407.6 Licensed Employee Early Retirement

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed   10/18/21    
Revised 02/14/11 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:12

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

 Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
                                       McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2009).

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                       407  Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 02/14/11 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:13

407.5 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

407.5 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

 The board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed employees.  A reduction of licensed employees may occur as a result of, but not be limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial situation considerations, and other reasons deemed relevant by the board.

The reduction in licensed employees, other than administrators, will be done through normal attrition if possible.  If normal attrition does not meet the necessary reduction in force required, the board may terminate licensed employees.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent shall consider the following criteria in making the recommendations:

  • Endorsements and educational preparation within the grade level and subject areas in which the employee is now performing;
  • Relative skills, ability and demonstrated performance;
  • Qualifications for co-curricular programs; and
  • Number of continuous years of service to the school district.  This will be considered only when the foregoing factors are relatively equal between licensed employees.

Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force will be followed.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the reduction in force of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2009).

Cross Reference:  407.4  Licensed Employee Suspension
                                       413.5  Classified Employee Reduction in Force
                                       703    Budget

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 2/14/11
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:15

407.6 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement

407.6 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement

The school district offers an early retirement plan for full-time licensed employees.  Full-time licensed employees are licensed employees who work 38.75 hours per week and who are currently performing their assigned duties within the school district.  A licensed employee is eligible under the early retirement plan when the licensed employee:

      ·    Is over the age of 55 on or before June 30 of the year in which the licensed employee wishes to retire;

      ·    Completes a total of 15 years of service as a full-time licensed employee to the school district;

      ·    Submits an application to the superintendent for participation in the plan on or before March 31 for the year in which the licensed employee wishes to retire.  Applications submitted on or after March 31 may be considered at the discretion of the board depending on the circumstances for the late application.

      ·    Submits a written resignation.  The resignation may be contingent upon approval by the board of participation in the voluntary early retirement plan; and,

      ·    Receives board approval of the licensed employee's application for participation in the early retirement plan, of the licensed employee's resignation and of the disbursement of early retirement incentive to the licensed employee

Approval by the board of the licensed employee's early retirement application shall constitute a voluntary resignation.  Approval by the board of the licensed employee's early retirement application will also make the licensed employee eligible for commencement of disbursement of the early retirement incentive the sooner of July 1 following the licensed employee's approval for early retirement or a date mutually agreed upon by the school district and the licensed employee.  Failure of the board to approve the licensed employee's early retirement application will make the licensed employee's current contract with the board continue in full force and effect.

The board has complete discretion to offer or not to offer an early retirement plan for licensed employees.  The board may discontinue the school district's early retirement plan at any time. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq. (2006).
                                        Senate File 2366, 77th General Assembly, 2nd Reg. Sess. (1998).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46; 509A.13 (2009).
                                        1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
                                        1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  407.3       Licensed Employee Retirement
                                        413.3       Classified Employee Early Retirement

Approved 9/13/99    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 02/14/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:15

407.6E1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Acknowledgement of Receipt

407.6E1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Acknowledgement of Receipt

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges receipt of the early retirement plan documents stated below, for the licensed employee's consideration:

      ·    early retirement policy (plan description);

      ·    early retirement insurance options; and

      ·    early retirement application.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s personal accountant regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

 

_________________________________________________     ___________________________
Licensed Employee                                                                                                                     Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:17

407.6E2 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Insurance Options

407.6E2 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Insurance Options

Board policy 407.6, Licensed Employee Early Retirement, allows the employee to continue to participate in the school district's group health insurance plan until the employee receives Medicare or secures health insurance by other means by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

The licensed employee will be responsible for the cost of the health insurance premium. 

The undersigned licensed employee                        (does, does not) wish to continue to participate in the school district's group health insurance plan.

 

 

___________________________________________________               ________________________
Licensed Employee                                                                                                                                           Date

 

 

Approved  _________
Reviewed 10/18/21      
Revised 7/19/06                                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:18

407.6E3 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Application

407.6E3 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Application

The undersigned licensed employee is applying for early retirement pursuant to board policy 407.6, Licensed Employee Early Retirement.  Please complete the following information:

______________________________________________     _________________________________
(Full Legal Name of Licensed Employee)                                                                     (Social Security Number)

______________________________________________     ________________      ______________
(Current Job Title)                                                                                                        (Date of Birth)                        (Years of Service)

Please specify the date desired for payment of the early retirement benefit and the reason for the date if a date other than _____________ of the year in which the undersigned licensed employee retires is desired.

______________  __________________________________________________________________
 (Date)                                      (Reason for date other than ______________)

Please attach a letter of resignation effective June thirtieth of the year in which the undersigned licensed employee intends to retire.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends that the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s own personal accountant regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

Should the licensed employee die prior to full payment of an early retirement benefit, the licensed employee designates either the following individual as beneficiary or the licensed employee’s estate.

____ Beneficiary                                          ____ Estate                                          

_________________________________________________________________________________
Beneficiary                                          

_________________________________________________________________________________
Beneficiary Address                                          

____________________________________________________________    ___________________
Licensed Employee                                                                                                                                 Date

____________________________________________________________    ___________________
Witness                                                                                                                                                                                       Date

  

 

Approved 2/13/06                
Reviewed _10/18/21
Revised ______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:20

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:25

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board shall maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees.

For all professional development programs, the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employees notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, is made to the superintendent.  Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent shall have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding professional development of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  414.9  Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 11/13/23   
Revised 11/13/23 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:26

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain therefrom shall be the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employees's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  401.2  Employee Conflict of Interest
                                       606.4  Student Production of Materials and Services

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:26

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  401.2  Employee Conflict of Interest
                                       402.6  Employee Outside Employment

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21       
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:27

409 - Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:28

409.1 - Licensed Employee Vacation - Holidays - Personal Leave

409.1 - Licensed Employee Vacation - Holidays - Personal Leave

The board will determine the amount of vacation, holidays, and personal leave that will be allowed on an annual basis for licensed employees.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations, holidays, and personal leave for licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2009).

Cross Reference:  601.1  School Calendar

Approved 09/11/95  
Reviewed   10/18/21  
Revised  2/14/11            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:28

409.2 - Employee Leaves of Absence

409.2 - Employee Leaves of Absence

 The board will offer the following leave to full-time regular licensed employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard

The board will offer the following paid leave to full-time regular classified employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave_- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard

The provisions of each leave offering will be detailed in the Employee Handbook.

Leave offered by the district will not be less than what is required by law. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen circumstance, the superintendent may authorize additional paid leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                        Pub.L. 116–127
                                        29 C.F.R. §§ 825; 826.
                                        Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A; 55; 85; 216; 279.40; 607A.
                                        Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
                                        Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).

Cross Reference:  403.2    Employee Injury on the Job
                                        409.3    Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
                                        409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved__08/24/2020            
Reviewed_10/18/21                             
Revised____________
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:29

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as July 1-June 30.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy. 

 

Links:   https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdf

              WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)

WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember -- for Military Family Leave (PDF)

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                          29 C.F.R. § 825
                                          Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 216; 279.40.
                                         Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Cross Reference:  409.2  Employee Leave of Absence

Approved   11/11/13                              
Reviewed   10/18/21                                                                            
Revised    8/24/20               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:31

409.3E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

409.3E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

Date:                                 

 

I,                                               , request family and medical leave for the following reason: 

(check all that apply)

                            for the birth of my child;

                            for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

                            to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

                            because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

         ___             because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

         ___             because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;           ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification. 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

I request that my family and medical leave begin on                                      and I request leave as follows: (check one)

                            continuous

                           I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on                 .

                            intermittent leave for the:

                                       birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                       serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                          ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                 ___       because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

Details of the needed intermittent leave:

 

 

 

                          

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

 

                         reduced work schedule for the:

                                                   birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                        _         serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                        ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                        ____     because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

 

 

 

 

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution. 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court. 

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed

 

 

 

Date

 

 

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:33

409.3R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

409.3R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

A.      School district notice.

          1.   The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

          2.   Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be on the school portal.

          3.   When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

                a.   a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

                b.   a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

                c.   an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                d.   a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.       Eligible employees. 

                Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if the following criteria is met.

                1.   The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and,

                2.    The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours during the 12 months immediately before the date FMLA leave is to begin.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.

 

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

C.             Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.

        1.     Foreseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

                b.     Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received.  For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

                c.     Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

       

        2.     Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                b.     Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                c.     A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

 

D.    Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

        1.     Six purposes.

                a.     The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

                b.     The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement;

                c.     To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                d.     Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position.

                 e.     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                 f.     because the employee is the spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

        2.     Medical certification. 

                a.     When required:

                        (1)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.

                        (2)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

                        (3)    Employees may be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.

                b.     Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

                        (1)    The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.

                        (2)    The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

                        (3)    If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

                c.     Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school district may request recertification every thirty days.  Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the school district's request.

                d.     Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.

               

Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.     Entitlement.

        1.     Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year.   Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.

2.      Year is defined as:  Fiscal year

        3.     If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

                a.     Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted

                b.     Award leave available

 

F.     Type of Leave Requested.

        1.     Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.

        2.     Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                a.     Intermittent leave is available for:

                                       birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                       serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                          ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

                          ___       because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

        3.     Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

a.     Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

              birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

              serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

­­­____      because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

  ___      because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. 

 

G.    Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

        1.     Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting.  This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.

        2.     Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

                a.     Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or,

                b.     Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.

        3.     Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.

                a.     If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.

                b.     If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.

                c.     If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.

         4.     The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the school district's family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

H.        Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

        1.     Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.

        2.     The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the superintendent.

        3.     An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

        4.     An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request.          

        5.     The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.

        6.     If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

I.      Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.      

        1.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.

        2.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member or to care for a family service member with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member is unpaid.

        3.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth is unpaid.

        4.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for the child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption is unpaid.

        5.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave when a family service member is called to active duty or on call to active duty with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon expiration of the paid leave, the leave is unpaid.

        6.     When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:35

409.4 - Licensed Employee Bereavement Leave

409.4 - Licensed Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a licensed employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Bereavement leave may be granted to a licensed employee for no more than 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the immediate family.  The immediate family includes child, spouse, parent, brother, sister, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, or grandparent of the employee.

No more than 3 days of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the bereavement leave of such employees is followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  409  Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 2/14/11  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:42

409.5 - Licensed Employee Political Leave

409.5 - Licensed Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to licensed employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent shall grant a licensed employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The licensed employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent of schools at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55 (2009).

Cross Reference:  401.9  Employee Political Activity
                                       409    Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21         
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:43

409.6 - Licensed Employee Jury Duty Leave

409.6 - Licensed Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow licensed employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service shall notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours.

Licensed employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty shall be paid to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (1995).

Cross Reference:  409  Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed   10/18/21    
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:44

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the National Guard.  If a licensed employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee shall have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is  without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2009).

Cross Reference:  409  Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21        
Revised 2/14/11           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:45

409.8 - Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

409.8 - Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in this or other leave policies of the board.  Unpaid leave for licensed employees must be authorized by the superintendent and can only be used after all other appropriate leaves have been used.  Whenever possible, licensed employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary will be make unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent shall consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, length of service, previous record of absence, the financial condition of the school district, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant to making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period shall be coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

Whenever possible, licensed employees will make a written request for unpaid leave 5 days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the unpaid leave of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 85A; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B (2009).

Cross Reference:  409  Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved  09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21        
Revised   2/14/11         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:46

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:47

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

 The board recognizes the need for substitute teachers.  Substitute teachers will be licensed to teach in Iowa.

It is the responsibility of the building principal to maintain a list of substitute teachers who may be called upon to replace regular contract licensed employees.  Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to fill absences with substitute teachers immediately.

Substitutes employed for 15 or more consecutive days in the same position are paid according to the prevailing salary schedule base salary, and will be retroactive to the sixth day of the substitute period.  Substitute licensed employees are expected to perform the same duties as the licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB, 400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9, 272 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  405.1  Licensed Employee Defined
                                       405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:47

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

It shall be within the discretion of the board to offer an education program during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Should the board determine a summer education program is necessary, licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14 (2009).

Cross Reference:  603.2  Summer School Instruction

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21       
Revised 2/14/11           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:48

410.3 - Truancy Officer

410.3 - Truancy Officer

The board will appoint a licensed employee from each school building to serve as the building's truancy officer.

The principal will notify the truancy officer when a student is truant.  The truancy officer will investigate the cause of a student's truancy and attempt to ensure the student's attendance.  The truancy officer may take the student into custody.  A student taken into custody will be placed in the custody of the principal.  The truancy officer will attempt to contact the student's parents when the student is taken into custody.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299.10-.11, .15 (2009).

Cross Reference:  501.10  Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed   10/18/21        
Revised  2/13/06    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:49

410.4 - Education Aide

410.4 - Education Aide

The board may employ education aides or other instructional support personnel to assist licensed personnel in nonteaching duties, including, but not limited to:

  • managing and maintaining records, materials and equipment;
  • attending to the physical needs of children; and
  • performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.

Education aides who hold a teaching certificate are compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education aide.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to supervise education aides.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(9); .5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21     
Revised   2/14/11         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:50

411 - Classified Employees General

411 - Classified Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:50

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, teacher and classroom aides, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  405.1  Licensed Employee Defined
                                       411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       412.3  Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 03/14/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:51

411.2 - Classified Employee - Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.2 - Classified Employee - Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity or disability.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate if required for the position.

Announcement of the position will be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications shall be returned to the central administration office.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

The board will employ classified employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ a classified employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2006).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2006)
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2009).

Cross Reference:  401.2  Equal Employment Opportunity
                                       411    Classified Employees - General

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/08/08 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:51

411.3 - Classified Employee Contracts

411.3 - Classified Employee Contracts

The board may enter into written contracts with classified employees employed on a regular basis.  The contract will state the terms of employment.

Each contract shall include a thirty-day cancellation clause.  Either the employee or the board must give notice of the intent to cancel the contract at the end of thirty days.  This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.

Classified employees shall receive a job description stating the specific performance responsibilities of their position.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process the classified employee contracts and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, shall be filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2009).

Cross Reference:  411    Classified Employees - General
                                       412.1  Classified Employee Compensation
                                       412.2  Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation
                                       413    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:53

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing/Cerification

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing/Cerification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification shall keep them current at their own expense.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 272.6; 285.5(9) (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved  09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21              
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:53

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each classified employee is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign classified employees and report such assignments to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors
                                       411.6  Classified Employee Transfers

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95, 3/14/11 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:54

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

 Determining the location where a classified employee's assignment will be performed is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to transfer classified employees and report such transfers to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2006).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2006)
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (Supp. 2006).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2009).

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       411.5  Classified Employee Assignment

Approved  07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised  03/14/11 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:55

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

 Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence shall be an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees shall be to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually.  New and probationary classified employees shall be formally evaluated at least twice a year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
                                       Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       411.8  Classified Employee Probationary Status

Approved  07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:56

411.8 - Classified Employees Probationary Status

411.8 - Classified Employees Probationary Status

The first year of a newly employed classified employee's contract shall be a probationary period.  "Day" shall be defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  New employees, regardless of experience, shall be subject to this probationary period.

"New" employees includes individuals who are being hired for the first time by the school district and those who may have been employed by the school district in the past, but have not been employed by the board during the school year prior to the one for which contracts are being issued.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
                                       411.7  Classified Employee Evaluation

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:57

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:58

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

 The board shall determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
                                       412.2  Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:58

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

 Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation shall be in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked.  Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority, 469 U.S. 528 (1985).
                                       29 U.S.C. §§ 206 et seq. (2006).
                                       29 C.F.R. Pt. 511-800 (2006).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
                                       412.1  Classified Employee Compensation

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised  09/11/95
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 12:59

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Benefits

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Benefits

Classified employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law. The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer classified employees, who are expected to work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, with minimum essential coverage that is both affordable and provides minimum value.  The board will utilize the applicable measurement period to determine whether variable hourly employees qualify for an offer of insurance coverage under the district’s group health plan.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its licensed employees.

Classified employees, who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, are eligible to participate in the group health plan. Classified employees who work 30 per week are eligible to participate in Dental, Vision and Flex group insurance plans. Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees acceptance and rejection of coverage.

Regular part-time classified employees (i.e., employees who work less than 30 hours per week or 130 hours per month for health benefit purposes or employees who work less than 30 per week for benefits other than health who wish to purchase coverage may participate in group benefit programs by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan. Full-time and regular part-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan.

Classified employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program if they cease employment with the school district by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B.
                                         Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
                                         Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                         
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Cross Reference:  411.1    Classified Employee Defined

Approved                      
Reviewed 10/18/21                              
Revised   10/18/21                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:00

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program chosen by the board and collective bargaining units.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, section 1450(a) repealing portions of IRS REG 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2009).
                                       1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
                                       1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
                                       1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706  Payroll Procedures

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21     
Revised  03/14/11        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:01

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:01

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year shall give the board notice of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract two weeks prior to their last working day.

Notice of the intent to resign will be in writing to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2009).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
                                       413    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 03/13/06 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:02

413.2 - Classified Employee Retirement

413.2 - Classified Employee Retirement

 Classified employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No classified employee will be required to retire at any specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the classified employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board if applicable, the employee's intent to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent.

Board action to approve a classified employee's application for retirement is final, and such action constitutes termination of the employee's contract effective the day of the employee's retirement.

Classified employees and their spouse and dependents who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq. (2006).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 97B; 216; 279.19A, .46 (2009).
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  401.8  Recognition for Service of Employees
                                       412 Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits
                                       413 Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89     
Reviewed 10/18/21         
Revised 03/14/11
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:02

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

 Classified employees shall perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
                                       McFarland v. Board of Education, of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2009).

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                       413  Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:03

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

 The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.  A classified employee may be dismissed upon ten days notice or immediately for cause.  Due process procedures shall be followed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for dismissal to the board.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2009).

Cross Reference:  404    Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                       413.3  Classified Employee Suspension
                                       413.5  Classified Employee Reduction in Force

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised  09/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:05

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force shall be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2009).

Cross Reference:  407.5  Licensed Employee Reduction in Force
                                       413.3  Classified Employee Suspension
                                       413.4  Classified Employee Dismissal
                                       703    Budget

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed  10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:06

414 - Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

414 - Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:06

414.1 - Classified Employee Paid Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave

414.1 - Classified Employee Paid Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave

The board will determine the amount of vacation, holidays, and personal leave that will be allowed on an annual basis for licensed employees.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations, holidays, and personal leave for licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2009).

Cross Reference:  601.1  School Calendar

Approved 09/11/95  
Reviewed   10/18/21  
Revised  2/14/11            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:07

414.2 - Classified Employee Leaves of Absence

414.2 - Classified Employee Leaves of Absence

 The board will offer the following leave to full-time regular licensed employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard

The board will offer the following paid leave to full-time regular classified employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave_- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard

The provisions of each leave offering will be detailed in the Employee Handbook.

Leave offered by the district will not be less than what is required by law. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen circumstance, the superintendent may authorize additional paid leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                       Pub.L. 116–127
                                       29 C.F.R. §§ 825; 826.
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A; 55; 85; 216; 279.40; 607A.
                                       Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
                                       Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).

Cross Reference:  403.2    Employee Injury on the Job
                                       409.3    Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
                                       409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved__08/24/2020________            
Reviewed_10/18/21____                               
Revised____________
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:07

414.3 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave

414.3 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as July 1-June 30.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy. 

 

Links:   https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdf

              WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)

WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember -- for Military Family Leave (PDF)

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                        29 C.F.R. § 825
                                        Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 216; 279.40.
                                       Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Cross Reference:  409.2  Employee Leave of Absence

Approved   11/11/13                              
Reviewed   10/18/21                                                             
Revised    8/24/20               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:09

414.3E2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

414.3E2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

Date:                                 

 

I,                                               , request family and medical leave for the following reason: 

 

(check all that apply)

                            for the birth of my child;

                            for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

                            to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

                            to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

                            because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

         ___             because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

         ___             because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;           ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification. 

 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

 

I request that my family and medical leave begin on                                      and I request leave as follows: (check one)

                            continuous

                           I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on                 .

                            intermittent leave for the:

                                       birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                       serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                          ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                 ___       because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

Details of the needed intermittent leave:

 

 

 

                          

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

 

Code No. 414.3E2

Page 2 of 2

 

CLASSIFIED EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST FORM

 

 

                         reduced work schedule for the:

                                                   birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                        _         serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                        ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                        ____     because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

 

 

 

 

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

 

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

 

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution. 

 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court. 

 

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed

 

 

 

Date

 

 

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:11

414.3R1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

414.3R1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

A.      School district notice.

          1.   The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

          2.   Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be on the school portal.

          3.   When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

                a.   a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

                b.   a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

                c.   an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                d.   a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.       Eligible employees. 

                Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if the following criteria is met.

                1.   The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and,

                2.    The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours during the 12 months immediately before the date FMLA leave is to begin.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.               

 

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

                 

C.             Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.

        1.     Foreseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

                b.     Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received.  For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

                c.     Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

        2.     Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                a.     Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                b.     Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                c.     A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

 

D.    Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

        1.     Six purposes.

                a.     The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

                b.     The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement;

                c.     To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                d.     Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position.

                 e.     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                 f.     because the employee is the spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

        2.     Medical certification. 

                a.     When required:

                        (1)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.

                        (2)    Employees may be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

                        (3)    Employees may be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.

                b.     Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

                        (1)    The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.

                        (2)    The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

                        (3)    If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

                c.     Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school district may request recertification every thirty days.  Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the school district's request.

                d.     Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.

               

Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.     Entitlement.

        1.     Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year.   Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.

2.      Year is defined as:  Fiscal year

        3.     If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

                a.     Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted

                b.     Award leave available

 

F.     Type of Leave Requested.

        1.     Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.

        2.     Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                a.     Intermittent leave is available for:

                                       birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                                       serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                          ____     because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

                          ___       because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

        3.     Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

a.     Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

              birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

              serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

­­­____      because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

  ___      because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                b.     In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

                c.     During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. 

 

G.    Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

        1.     Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting.  This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.

        2.     Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

                a.     Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or,

                b.     Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.

        3.     Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.

                a.     If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.

                b.     If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.

                c.     If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.

         4.     The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the school district's family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

H.        Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

        1.     Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.

        2.     The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the superintendent.

        3.     An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

        4.     An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request.          

        5.     The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.

        6.     If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

I.      Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.       

        1.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.

        2.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member or to care for a family service member with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member is unpaid.

        3.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth is unpaid.

        4.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for the child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption is unpaid.

        5.     An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave when a family service member is called to active duty or on call to active duty with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon expiration of the paid leave, the leave is unpaid.

        6.     When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:12

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Bereavement leave granted may be for a maximum of 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the immediate family.  The immediate family includes child, spouse, parent, brother, sister, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, or grandparent of the employee.

A maximum of 3 days of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2).

Cross Reference:  414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21   
Revised 03/13/06

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:15

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent shall grant a classified employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence any time within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55 (2009).

Cross Reference:  401.9  Employee Political Activity
                                       414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:16

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service shall notify the direct supervisor  within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours.

Classified employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty shall be turned over to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2009).

Cross Reference:  414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 07/11/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 09/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:17

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a classified employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee shall have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave shall be without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2009).

Cross Reference:  414     Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved  09/11/95    
Reviewed  10/18/21           
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:18

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies.  Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the superintendent and can only be used after all other appropriate leaves have been used.  Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary will be made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period will be coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2009).

Cross Reference:  414   Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved 07/10/89    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised 03/14/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:19

414.9 - Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

414.9 - Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Professional purposes leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments.  Application for the leave must be presented to the superintendent 5 days prior to the meeting or conference.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional purposes leave.  The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2009).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.7

Cross Reference:  408.1  Licensed Employee Professional Development
                                       411    Classified Employees - General

Approved 09/11/95    
Reviewed 10/18/21    
Revised  3/14/11        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/05/2023 - 13:20

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:48

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board’s goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education.  Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.

The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of age, actual or perceived, race, color, creed, sex, marital status, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical and mental ability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, social economic status, familial status or disability.  This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.

In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return.  Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so.  Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

Board policy refers to the term “parents” in many of the policies.  The term parents for purposes of this policy manual will mean the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student.  Students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, shall be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Janesville Consolidated School District, Janesville, Iowa 50647; or by telephoning (319) 987-2581.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education 8930 Ward Parkway, Suite 2037, Kansas City, MO. 64114  (816) 268-0550, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA  (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html U.S. Department of Education, 8930 Ward Parkway, Suite 2037, Kansas City, Mo. 64114, (816) 268-0550 or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district central office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Approved: 8/14/95               
Reviewed: 11/15/21                    
Revised: _________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:48

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:50

501.1 - Resident Students

501.1 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  However, a student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
                                      Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
                                      Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
                                      33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (1995).
                                      1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
                                      1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
                                      1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
                                      1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.
 

Cross Reference:  501  Student Attendance

Approved:  07/10/89  
Reviewed:  11/15/21            
Revised: __________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:50

501.2 - Nonresident Students

501.2 - Nonresident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board.  Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board.  These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal, as well as an adult who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students must have an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to the third Friday in September may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
                                      Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
                                      Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance

Approved   4/11/05              
Reviewed  11/15/21             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:52

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, shall have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students shall attend school the number of hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age shall attend school a minimum of 1080 hours.  Students not attending the minimum hours must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, for students in grades 7-12, referred to the county attorney or, for students in grades K-6, referred to the Attendance Cooperation process.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

The principal shall investigate the cause for a student’s truancy.  If the principal is unable to secure the truant student’s attendance, the principal should discuss the next step with the school board.  If after school board action, the student is still truant, the principal shall refer the matter over to the county attorney for students in grades 7-12.  Truant students who have not yet completed sixth grade will be subject to the Attendance Cooperation Process outlined in the supporting administrative regulation.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The superintendent shall represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the student’s compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 239.5B; 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299.1; 299A (1997).
                                     441 I.A.C. 41.25(8).
                                     1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
                                      601.1  School Calendar
                                      604.1  Competent Private Instruction

Approved:   07/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21              
Revised:   11/9/09

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:53

501.3R1 - Attendance Cooperation Process

501.3R1 - Attendance Cooperation Process

When it is determined that a student in grades K-6 is in violation of the school district attendance policy and procedures, the principal will check the Department of Human Services records to determine whether the student’s family is receiving Family Investment Program (FIP) benefits.  If the student’s family is receiving FIP benefits, the principal will notify DHS.  DHS is then responsible for the ACP.

If the student’s family is not receiving FIP benefits, the principal will initiate the ACP.  The parents will be contacted to participate in the ACP.  The principal may also invite juvenile court officers, the county attorney, other school officials and others deemed appropriate.  If others are invited who don’t have access to the student’s records either by law or a Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement, parental consent is needed for them to participate in the ACP.

The purpose of the ACP is to determine the cause of the student’s nonattendance, get the parties to agree to solutions addressing the nonattendance and initiate referrals to any other services that may be necessary.  The agreement is then written.  The agreement is to include all terms agreed to and future responsibilities of all parties.  All parties must sign the agreement and failure to sign by the parents is considered a violation of the process and initiates the next level.

If the parents do not participate in the ACP, if the parties do not enter into an ACA or if the parents violate a term of the agreement, the student is deemed truant.  For FIP students and non-FIP students, the school district notifies the county attorney when students are truant.  When a student is deemed truant, for FIP students, DHS is again notified and DHS then initiates the process whereby FIP benefits are reduced.

 

 

Approved    4/11/05             
Reviewed  11/15/21                  
Revised   11/09/09                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:54

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board shall require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent shall be reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .6 (1995).
                                     1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
                                      507.1  Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved:   7/10/95   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                            
Revised: 11/3/15

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:56

501.5 - Attendance Center Assignment

501.5 - Attendance Center Assignment

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers, and to assign students to the classrooms within the attendance center.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation difficulties, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 10:57

501.6 - Student Transfers In

501.6 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.  The school district reserves the right to deny admission to any nonresident student unless the student is complying with open enrollment procedures.

The school district shall request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.

The superintendent shall determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1988).
                                     Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3; 299A (1995).

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
                                       505.3  Student Honors and Awards
                                       507    Student Health and Well-Being
                                       604.1  Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  12/13/93  
Reviewed: 11/15/21                                      
Revised:             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:02

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they shall notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc.

The notice shall state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district shall maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents shall notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice shall include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice shall inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents shall notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1988).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A (1995).

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
                                      506    Student Records
                                      604.1  Competent Private Instruction

Approved: 8/14/95               
Reviewed:    11/15/21              
Revised:                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:03

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2003).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501  Student Attendance
    
                                  506  Student Records

Approved: 8/14/95              
Reviewed:   11/15/21             
Revised:             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:04

501.9 - Student Absences - Excused

501.9 - Student Absences - Excused

Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Student absences approved by the principal are excused absences.  Excused absences will count as days in attendance for purposes of the truancy law.  These absences include, but are not limited to, illness, family emergencies, recognized religious observances, appointments that cannot be scheduled outside the school day and school-sponsored or approved activities.

The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students.  However, there may be rare and unusual circumstances created by public emergencies declared by state or local officials which temporarily prevent students from attending traditional, in-person school.  In these circumstances, the superintendent will have discretion to make reasonable accommodations for students, on a case-by-case basis, to attend school through remote learning opportunities within the available resources of the district and as permitted by law.  During approved remote learning, attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered, and grades will count towards students’ cumulative grade point average as if they were attending in person.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.

Students whose absences are approved will make up the work missed and receive full credit for the missed school work.  It is the responsibility of the student to initiate a procedure with the student's teacher to complete the work missed.

Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities must attend school full day the day of the activity unless permission has been given by the principal for the student to be absent.

It is the responsibility of the parent to notify the student's attendance center as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day.  The principal may request evidence or written verification of the student's reason for absence.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. sec. 300
                                      28 C.F.R. Pt. 35
                                      Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                      503       Student Discipline
                                      504       Student Activities
                                      506       Student Records

Approved     08/24/2020                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                 
Revised__________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:05

501.9E1 - Request for Learning Form

501.9E1 - Request for Learning Form

Date:  ________________

 

Student Name:  ____________________________       Attendance Center:  ______________________

 

Parent/Guardian:  ___________________________

 

I, _________________________ (Parent/Guardian) am requesting accommodation for my child,__________________________(Student Name) to participate in remote learning opportunities for the duration of the declared public emergency, or until I have determined my child can safely return to traditional in-person learning at his/her designated attendance center, whichever occurs first. 

I have attached to this form documentation from an Iowa Board of Medicine-licensed medical professional confirming that remote learning is medically necessary due to the vulnerable health condition of my child or of a family member residing within the same home as my child.

I understand that the district will do their utmost to accommodate my child’s learning needs, but that some learning opportunities may need to be modified in a remote environment.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.   

I understand that in order for my child to continue to participate in mandatory learning, his/her remote attendance will be taken, assessments administered, and grades will be counted toward my child’s cumulative grade average.  I understand that any devices, technology, or materials given to my child to facilitate remote learning are the property of the district and must be returned at the end of the remote learning period. 

I am requesting that remote learning opportunities begin on ______________ (date) and continue until

_____________(date) or the declared public emergency is dismissed.

 

(Parent/Guardian) ____________________________________

 

(Date) ________________

 

Request approved by: __________________________________  (School official)             _____________________

 

(Date) ________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:06

501.10 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

501.10 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program. Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence. Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Truancy is the failure to attend school for the minimum number of days established in the school calendar by the board. Truancy is the act of being absent without a reasonable excuse. These absences will include, but not be limited to, any absence which does not meet criteria of an excused absence, tardiness to class past 15 minutes, car trouble, over sleeping, shopping, hunting, haircuts, concerts, preparation or participation in parties or other celebrations, employment, skipping, senior skip day, senior pictures, and notes simply marked “appointment” or “personal business”. Truancy will not be tolerated by the board.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to in-school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2003).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  206.3 Secretary
                                      410.5 Truancy Officer
                                      501 Student Attendance
                                      503 Student Discipline
                                      504 Student Activities
                                      506 Student Records

Approved 4/11/05                    
Reviewed 11/15/21                 
Revised 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:07

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

I. General Attendance Policy

A. Policy Statement - Daily, punctual attendance is an integral part of the learning experience and is required of all students to receive the maximum benefit of the educational program. The habit of good attendance established early is one which helps a person be successful throughout their lifetime. More and more, employers, colleges and vocational schools expect good attendance and are checking attendance records for absences and tardies. They are aware that good and prompt attendance indicates dependability in a student.

The education that goes on in the classroom builds from day to day and as a result, absences always cause some disruption in the educational progress of the absent student. Students who are absent may not understand what the teacher is currently presenting, and may also become discouraged with the double burden of keeping current and making up missed work. In order to maintain interest and understanding in program of instruction, students should not expect to be absent any more than is absolutely necessary. Irregular attendance or tardiness by students not only retards their own studies, but also interferes with the progress of those students who are regular and prompt in attendance. Attendance is a shared responsibility that requires cooperation and communication among students, parents and school.

 

B. Absences

a. Personal illness or serious health condition. Medical documentation required. It is    the student’s responsibility to provide such written verification.

b. Funeral, death or emergency illness in the family.

c. Doctor/dental appointment which cannot be scheduled at another time. Students may be asked to submit medical documentation to the office to verify appointment.

d. Documented legal appointments (Court appearance, visits to probation officer).

e. Family/Religious activity which is cleared in advance of activity (schoolwork must be completed in advance of absence).

f. School-Sponsored activity

  • Absences caused by school-sponsored activities (field trips, athletic events, school arranged college visits, etc.) will not be recorded as an absence on the permanent
  • record card. Make-up work will fall under the same category as an excused absence.
  • Suspension
  1. Unique circumstances as approved by administration.

School work missed because of excused absences must be made up within the number of days absent, plus one day. The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher.

 

C. Tardiness

1. A student is tardy when the student initially appears in the assigned area any time after the designated starting time. After 15 minutes, the student will be counted as absent for that period.

2. All incidents of class tardiness will be the responsibility of the teacher except for tardiness to school first period which goes through administration. Teachers will emphasize the importance of being on time and explain the classroom rules and procedures for tardies. The tardy sanctions should be consistently applied and sequential. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, warning, assigned detention, parent contact and referral to the principal.

 

D. Truancy

1. A student is truant when the student is absent from school or an assigned class or classes without school permission.

2. Work missed because of truancy must be made up the same as work for all other absences.

3. Incidents of truancy will be recorded as part of a student's attendance record and will count toward the absences per semester. The principal will also determine what, if any, disciplinary action is appropriate including, but not limited to, warning, detention, in-school suspension or administrative referral.

 

II. Excessive Absenteeism

Excessive absenteeism is any absence beyond 7 days or individual class meetings per semester.

A. When a student has been unexcused from school or a class for the 3rd, 5th, or 7th time during a given semester, the student's parent will be contacted via telephone or mail regarding the student's attendance. The building administrator will initiate the notification process and initiate appropriate sanctions.

 

III. Application of Sanctions

A. Excessive absences will result in the following:

1. If a student is unexcused absent 7 days from any given class, the student will be dropped from that class. The student will receive no credit for the class.

2. If a student is unexcused absent 7 days in 3 or more individual classes, the student will be dropped from the regular school program and referred to principal pursuant to the district's plan for at-risk students.

 

IV. Appeals

A. First level of appeal

1. When notified that the student has missed 3 (days or class periods), the parent should contact the teacher and principal to discuss the student's attendance and prevent any further unexcused absences.

2. When notified that the student has exceeded 7 unexcused absences and that the student will be dropped from a class or school, the student and parent may file a written appeal with the principal within 3 school days of the notification. Sanctions imposed under this policy will be final unless a written appeal is submitted to the principal.

3. The student will remain in the class or in school pending completion of the appeals process.

4. The informal appeals hearing will be scheduled within 5 school days after the appeal is filed.

The principal will consider the following in reaching a decision:

a. absences caused by family/religious activity, documented chronic or extended illness, hospitalization, family death or emergency, medical or dental care which could not be scheduled at another time, court appearances or other legal situations beyond the control

of the family, school-related class or program activities approved by administration, suspensions;

b. attendance history of the student;

c. extenuating circumstances particular to the student;

d. educational alternatives to removal from class or school; or

e. the total educational program for the individual student.

 

5. The decision of the principal will be reached within one day of the hearing. The parent will be notified of the decision in writing.

 

B. Second Level of Appeal

Students and parents seeking a review of the principal’s decision regarding sanctions rendered under this attendance policy may do so by filing a written request for review with the superintendent within five days after the principal’s decision. The superintendent will determine an agreeable time, place and date for the review and notify the student and parent. At the conclusion of the review, the superintendent will affirm, reverse or modify the principal’s decision.

 

C. Appeal to Board of Directors

Students and parents may appeal the superintendent's decision by filing a written request for review by the board within five days with the board secretary. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether to hear the appeal. If the appeal is accepted, the board secretary will determine an agreeable time, place and date for the review and notify the interested persons. At the conclusion of the review, the board may affirm, reverse or modify the superintendent's decision.

 

 

Approved 4/11/05                    
Reviewed 11/15/21                                          
Revised 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:08

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day shall include, but not be limited to:  illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit, and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 294.4 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501  Student Attendance
                                      503  Student Discipline
                                      504  Student Activities
                                      506  Student Records

Approved:   8/14/95   
Reviewed:   11/15/21           
Revised:________         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:12

501.12 - Pregnant Students

501.12 - Pregnant Students

The board encourages pregnant students to continue to attend the education program as long as they are physically able to do so.  The pregnant student may notify the principal or the guidance counselor as soon as she is aware of the pregnancy.  The school may require that a pregnant student provide the principal with a written note from her doctor relative to special conditions that might exist and specific suggestions as to how long the student may continue to attend classes.  If the student is unable to attend school because of her pregnancy, the student may be excused and arrangements made to continue her studies during her absence.  The student will resume classes upon the recommendation of her physician.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 279.8; 280.3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                      604.2    Individualized Instruction

Approved   4/11/05              
Reviewed   11/15/21                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:14

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1988).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  501  Student Attendance
                                      506  Student Records

Approved: 8/14/95              
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                 
Revised:                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:15

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public-school district. 

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district in accordance with district practice.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

 Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above.

The receiving district will approve or deny open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the board’s approval of the application.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

The board will not approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
                                    281 I.A.C. 17.

Cross References  501.15    Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

Approved     04/11/05              
Reviewed     11/15/21, 10/11/22              
Revised  11/15/21, 10/11/22

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:16

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The superintendent will take action on the open enrollment request at the next regular board meeting.

 
The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, in accordance with applicable law. 

Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement.  The board will not approve transportation into the sending district.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:   Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
                                       281 I.A.C. 17.

Cross References  501.6  Student Transfers In
                                      501.7  Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

                                      501.14 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
                                      606.6   Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved     11/11/05                            
Reviewed     11/15/21, 10/11/22           
Revised     11/15/21, 10/11/22  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:19

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

The board will make reasonable efforts to identify homeless children and youth of school age within the district, encourage their enrollment and eliminate existing barriers to their receiving an education which may exist in district policies or practices.  The designated coordinator for identification of homeless children and for tracking and monitoring programs and activities for these children is the Guidance Counselor.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title X, Sec. 722, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq. (1994).
                                      281 I.A.C. 33 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                      503.3    Fines - Fees - Charges
                                      506       Student Records
                                      507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates
                                      603.3    Special Education
                                      711.1    Student School Transportation Eligibility

Approved   4/11/05              
Reviewed  11/15/21                     
Revised      11/11/13            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 11:22

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 12:52

502.1 - Student Appearance

502.1 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
                                      Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
                                      Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
                                      Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
                                      Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
                                      Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
                                      Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
                                      Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  500  Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
                                      502  Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved: 01/9/95             
Reviewed:  11/15/21                      
Revised:                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 12:52

502.2 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

502.2 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      802.1  Maintenance Schedule

Approved   4/11/05              
Reviewed  11/15/21                 
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 12:53

502.3 - Student Expression and Student Publications

502.3 - Student Expression and Student Publications

Student Expression

It is the goal of the district to protect the educational environment for all students to help ensure it is free from substantial disruption or infringement upon their rights.  Student expression should be appropriate to help ensure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

While students will generally be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions, in certain qualifying circumstances, student speech may require administrative regulation to help ensure the safety and welfare of the school community.  The district may regulate speech that:  causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause a material and substantial disruption to the education environment; infringes upon the rights of others; is obscene or lewd; is school sponsored; and/or promotes illegal activity.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  The expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.

The superintendent may develop procedures for safely addressing qualifying types of mass protests by students, including walk-ins and walk-outs.  Walk-ins occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  Walk-outs occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups off district property with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs. 

The superintendent is encouraged to obtain feedback from community stakeholders in the development of these procedures.  The goal of the procedures shall be to address student safety, maintain the education environment and promote communication during demonstrations while remaining viewpoint neutral.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for helping to ensure students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are

not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 213.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
                                        Iowa Const. art. I (sec. 7)
                                        Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
                                        Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
                                        Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
                                        New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
                                        Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
                                        Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .73; 280.22

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
                                        502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                        504       Student Activities
                                        603.9    Academic Freedom
                                        903.5    Distribution of Materials

Approved    07/10/89                                     
Reviewed     11/15/21                                                                                      
Revised     11/15/21         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 12:54

502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code

502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code
  1. Student Expression defined:  Student Expression is speech, action or other forms of expression which convey a student’s beliefs, views or opinions.

 

  1. Official school publications defined:  An "official school publication" is material produced by students in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.
     
  2. Limitations to Student Expression

1.           No student will express, publish or distribute publication material which is:

                             a.            obscene;

                             b.           libelous;

                             c.            slanderous; or

                             d.           encourages students to:

                                           1)           commit unlawful acts;

                                           2)           violate lawful school regulations;

3)           cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;

                                           4)           disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                                           5)           interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                                           6)           infringe on the rights of others.

 

  1. Responsibilities of students for official school publications.

1.           Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.

2.           Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.

3.           Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

 

  1. Responsibilities of faculty advisors for official school publications.

Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.  Faculty advisors to students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the student staff in order to maintain professional standards of English journalism.  District employees acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not suffer adverse employment action or retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in authorized student expression or for refusing to infringe on protected student expression.

 

  1. District employee rights

Any District employee or official, acting within the scope of that person’s professional ethics, if any, shall not be dismissed, suspended, disciplined, reassigned, transferred, subject to termination or nonrenewal of a teaching contract or extracurricular contract, or otherwise retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in expression protected by law, or refusing to infringe upon student expression that is protected by law.

 

  1. Liability

Student expression, including student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

 

  1. Appeal procedure

1.           Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.

2.           Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.1.

 

  1. Time, place and manner of restrictions on student expression.

1.           Student expression may be conveyed and official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.

2.           Student expression and distribution of official school publications in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

                            a.            commit unlawful acts;

                            b.           violate school rules;

c.            cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;

                            d.           disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                            e.            interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                            f.            infringe on the rights of others.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 12:57

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 3 days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within 3 days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  214.1    Board Meeting Agenda
                                       215       Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       309       Communication Channels
                                       502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       504.3    Student Publications

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:00

502.5 - Student Lockers

502.5 - Student Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students shall use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It shall be the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned locker, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A (1995).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved: 8/14/95               
Reviewed:   11/15/21          
Revised:    9/13/99  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:02

502.6 - Weapons

502.6 - Weapons

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes.

Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district. Dangerous weapons include, but are not limited to, any offensive weapon, pistol, revolver, or other firearm, dagger, razor, stiletto, switchblade knife, knife having a blade exceeding five inches in length, or any portable device or weapon directing an electrical current, impulse, wave, or beam that produces a high-voltage pulse designed to immobilize a person.

Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident. Possession or confiscation of weapons or dangerous objects will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year. The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis. For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials are exempt from this policy. The principal may allow authorized persons to display weapons, other dangerous objects or look-a-likes for educational purposes. Such a display will also be exempt from this policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Note: This policy meets state and federal law. Federal law gives an exception, to the mandatory one-year expulsion for weapons possession or bringing to schools, for weapons that are lawfully stored in a locked vehicle on school property. Boards wishing to adopt this exception should amend this policy to reflect that and direct the administration to develop the required procedures designed to ensure student safety.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title IV, Sec. 4141, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
                                     Improving America's Schools Act of 1994, P.L. 103-382.
                                     18 U.S.C. § 921 (1994).
                                     McClain v. Lafayette County Bd. of Education, 673 F.2d 106 (5th Cir. 1982).
                                     Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 724 (2003).
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       503 Student Discipline
                                       507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 4/11/05
Reviewed 11/15/21                                    
Revised 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:02

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, e-cigarettes, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco, e-cigarettes, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products, e-cigarettes for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program will include:

·      Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;

·      A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;

·      Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;

·      A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;

·      A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;

·      Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;

·      A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and

·      Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 (2002).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A (2003).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(9); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503       Student Discipline
                                      507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised   11/3/15                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:05

502.8 - Search and Seizure

502.8 - Search and Seizure

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search shall be in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, shall not create a protected student area and shall not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. IV.
                                      New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
                                      Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
                                      Iowa Code ch. 808A (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(8).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503  Student Discipline

Approved:  07/10/95       
Reviewed:  11/15/21         
Revised: 9/13/99

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:07

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

I.        What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student's effects, locker or automobile would turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulation affecting school order?

          A.        Eyewitness account.

 

                      1.         By whom:                                                                  

                      2.         Date/Time:                                                                

                      3.         Place:                                                                    

                      4.         What was seen:                                                            

                                                                                                             

 

          B.         Information from a reliable source.

                      1.         From whom:                                                                

                      2.         Time received:                                                            

                      3.         How information was received:                                             

                      4.         Who received the information:                                             

                      5.         Describe information:                                                     

                                                                                                             

 

          C.         Suspicious behavior.  Explain.

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

 

          D.        Student's past history.  Explain.

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                             

 

          E.         Time of search:                                                                

 

          F.         Location of search:                                                            

 

          G.        Student told purpose of search:                                                

 

          H.        Consent of student requested:                                                  

 

II.      Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and intrusiveness?

          A.        What were you searching for?:                                                   

 

          B.         Where did you search?:                                              

 

          C.         Sex of the student:                                                            

 

          D.        Age of the student:                                                            

 

          E.         Exigency of the situation:                                                     

 

          F.         What type of search was being conducted?:                                       

                                                                                                             

 

          G.        Who conducted the search:                                                      

                      Position:                                                                                Sex:                

 

          H.        Witness(s):                                                           

                                                                                                             

 

III. Explanation of Search.

          A.        Describe the time and location of the search:                                  

                                                                                                             

 

          B.         Describe exactly what was searched:                                            

                                                                                                             

 

          C.         What did the search yield:                                                     

 

          D.        What was seized:                                                               

 

          E.         Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?:        

                                                                                                             

 

          F.        Were parents notified of the search, including the reason for it and the scope:                                                  

                                                                                   

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:08

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

I.      Searches, in general.

        A.      Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

                  Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

                  (1)      eyewitness observations by employees;

                  (2)      information received from reliable sources;

                  (3)      suspicious behavior by the student; or,

                  (4)      the student's past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

 

        B.       Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

                  (1)  the age of the student;

                  (2)  the sex of the student;

                  (3)  the nature of the infraction; and

                  (4)  the emergency requiring the search without delay.

 

II.  Types of Searches

        A.      Personal Searches

                  1.       A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.

                  2.       Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.

                            (a)    Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.

                            (b)    A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.

 

        B.       Locker and Desk Inspections 

                  Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

                  The contents of a student's locker  or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.

 

        C.       Automobile Searches

                  Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:10

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students shall be made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it shall be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal shall attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 232; 280.17 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 102.
                                      441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2   Child Abuse Reporting
                                      502.8   Search and Seizure
                                      503     Student Discipline

Approved: 8/14/95              
Reviewed:   11/15/21                 
Revised:                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:12

502.10 - Student-To-Student Harassment

502.10 - Student-To-Student Harassment

Harassment of students by other students will not be tolerated in the school district.  This policy is in effect while students are on school grounds, school district property, or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned and/or school-operated vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management of the school district and directly affects the welfare of the student and school district.

Harassment prohibited by the school district includes, but is not limited to, harassment, including bullying, on the basis of age actual or perceived, race, sex, creed, color, national origin, religion, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, social economic status, familial status or disability.  Students whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy after an investigation be disciplined, up to and including, suspension and expulsion.

Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with a student's performance or creating an intimidating, offensive or hostile learning environment.

Sexual harassment as set out above, may include, but is not limited to the following:       

        ·    verbal, written or electronic harassment or abuse;

        ·    pressure for sexual activity;

        ·    repeated remarks to a person with sexual or demeaning implications;

        ·    unwelcome touching;

        ·    suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, etc.

Harassment on the basis of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, marital status or disability means conduct of a verbal or physical nature that is designed to unreasonably embarrass, distress, agitate, disturb or trouble students when such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with a student's performance or creating an intimidating, offensive or hostile learning environment.

Harassment as set forth above may include, but is not limited to the following:

        ·    verbal, physical, written or electronic harassment, bullying or abuse;

        ·    repeated remarks of a demeaning nature;

        ·    implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, etc.;

        ·    demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student.

The district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of harassment.  The building principal will be responsible for handling all complaints by students alleging harassment.

Retaliation against a student because the student has filed a harassment complaint or assisted or participated in a harassment investigation or proceeding is also prohibited, however, the superintendent has the right to discipline students who knowingly file false harassment complaints.  A student who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including, suspension and expulsion. 

It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the investigator and principals, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.  The superintendent will also be responsible for organizing training programs for students and employees.  The training will include how to recognize harassment and what to do in case a student is harassed.  It will also include effective harassment prevention strategies.  The superintendent will also develop a process for evaluating the effectiveness of the policy by reducing harassment in the school district.  The superintendent shall report to the board on the progress of reducing harassment in the school district.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i (1994).
                                        29 U.S.C. § 794 (1994).
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7 (1994).
                                        42 U.S.C. §§ 12001 et. seq. (1994).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3 (2003).
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross References:  403.6    Harassment
                                        502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                        503       Student Discipline
                                        506       Student Records

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:13

502.10E1 - Harassment Complaint Form

502.10E1 - Harassment Complaint Form

Name of complainant:                                                                    

 

Position of complainant:                                                                

 

Date of complaint:                                                                      

 

Name of alleged harasser:                                                               

 

Date and place of incident or incidents:                                                

                                                                                        

 

Description of misconduct:                                                              

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

 

Name of witnesses (if any):                                                             

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

 

Evidence of harassment, i.e., letters, photos, etc. (attach evidence if possible):                                  

                                                                                        

 

Any other information:                                                                  

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

Signature:  ___________________________________________                Date:                

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                    
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:16

502.10E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

502.10E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of witness:                                                                        

 

Position of witness:                                                                    

 

Date of testimony, interview:                                                           

 

Description of incident witnessed:                                                      

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

 

Any other information:                                                                  

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

                                                                                        

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ________________________________________            Date:                          

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:17

502.10R1 - Student-To-Student Harassment Investigation Procedures

502.10R1 - Student-To-Student Harassment Investigation Procedures

Harassment of students by other students will not be tolerated in the school district.  This policy is in effect while students are on school grounds, school district property, or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned and/or school-operated buses, vehicles or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

Harassment prohibited by the district includes, but is not limited to, harassment on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, national origin, religion, marital status or disability.  Students whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to the investigation procedure which may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension and expulsion.

Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

  • submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition or a student's education or of a student's participation in school programs or activities;
  • submission to or rejection of such conduct by a student is used as the basis for decisions affecting the student; or
  • such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with a student's performance or creating an intimidating, offensive or hostile learning environment.

Sexual harassment as set out above, may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • verbal, written or electronic harassment or abuse;
  • pressure for sexual activity;
  • repeated remarks to a person with sexual or demeaning implications
  • unwelcome touching;
  • suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, etc.

Harassment on the basis of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, marital status or disability means conduct of a verbal or physical nature that is designed to embarrass, distress, agitate, disturb, or trouble students when:

  • submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of a student's education or of a student's participation in school programs or activities;
  • submission to or rejection of such conduct by a student is used as the basis for decisions affecting the student; or
  • such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with a student's performance or creating an intimidating, offensive or hostile learning environment.

Harassment as set forth above may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • verbal, physical, written or electronic harassment or abuse;
  • repeated remarks of a demeaning nature;
  • implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, etc.;
  • demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student.

Harassment and abuse are violations of school district policies, rules and regulations and, in some cases, may also be a violation of criminal or other laws.  The school district has the authority to report students violating this rule to law enforcement officials.

Students who feel that they have been harassed should:

  • Communicate to the harasser that the student expects the behavior to stop, if the student is comfortable doing so.  If the student needs assistance communicating with the harasser, the student should ask a teacher, counselor or principal to help.
  • If the harassment does not stop, or the student does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser, the student should:
  • tell a teacher, counselor or principal; and
  • write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor or principal including;
  • what, when and where it happened;
  • who was involved;
  • exactly what was said or what the harasser did;
  • witnesses to the harassment;
  • what the student said or did, either at the time or later;
  • how the student felt; and
  • how the harasser responded.

 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

A student who believes that the student has been harassed shall notify the Elementary Principal, the designated investigator.  The alternate investigator is the Superintendent.  The investigator may request that the student complete the Harassment Complaint form and turn over evidence of the harassment, including, but not limited to, letters, tapes, or pictures.  Information received during the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent possible.

The investigator, with the approval of the principal, or the principal has the authority to initiate a harassment investigation in the absence of a written complaint.

 

INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

The investigator shall reasonably and promptly commence the investigation upon receipt of the complaint.  The investigator shall interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The alleged harasser may file a written statement refuting or explaining the behavior outlined in the complaint.  The investigator may also interview witnesses as deemed appropriate.

Upon completion of the investigation, the investigator shall make written findings and conclusions as to each allegation of harassment and report the findings and conclusions to the principal.  The investigator will outline the findings of the investigation to the principal.

 

RESOLUTION OF THE COMPLAINT

Following receipt of the investigator's report, the principal may investigate further, if deemed necessary, and make a determination of the appropriate next step which may include discipline up to and including suspension and expulsion.

Prior to the determination of the appropriate remedial action, the principal may, at the principal's discretion, interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The principal shall file a written report closing the case and documenting any disciplinary action taken or any other action taken in response to the complaint.  The complainant, the alleged harasser and the investigator shall receive notice as to the conclusion of the investigation.

 

POINTS TO REMEMBER IN THE INVESTIGATION

  • Evidence uncovered in the investigation is confidential.
  • Complaints must be taken seriously and investigated.
  • No retaliation will be taken against individuals involved in the investigation process.
  • Retaliators will be disciplined up to and including suspension and expulsion.

 

CONFLICTS

If the investigator is a witness to the incident, the alternate investigator shall be the investigator.

 

 

Approved    8/14/95                        
Reviewed    11/15/21                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:18

502.11 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.11 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.  Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center.  Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal. 

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502     Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 12/08/2023 - 13:20

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:45

503.1 - Student Conduct

503.1 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee disciplining the student or the building principal.

In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  Out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students.

Following the suspension of a special education student, an informal evaluation of the student's placement will take place.  The Individual Education Program (IEP) is evaluated to determine whether it needs to be changed or modified in response to the behavior that led to the suspension.

If a special education student’s suspension, either in or out of school, equal ten days on a cumulative basis, a staffing team will meet to determine whether the IEP is appropriate.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and outlines the school district's basic student conduct.  Details of how this policy will be implemented should be included in the student handbook.  The paragraph regarding assault of school district employees is Iowa law.  The new underlined sentence implements part of the federal No Child Left Behind legislation.

 

 

Legal Reference:    No Child Left Behind, Title IV, Sec. 4115, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
    Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
    Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
    Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
    Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
    Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 708.1 (2003).

Cross Reference:    501    Student Attendance
    502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    504    Student Activities
    603.3    Special Education
904.5    Distribution of Materials

Approved    4/11/05        Reviewed   12/15/23                     Revised        12/15/23          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:45

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

Administration Action

A.     Probation

         1.    Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

         2.    The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.

B.     In-School Suspension

         1.    In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

         2.    The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.

C.     Out-of-School Suspension

1.     Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

2.     A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

                 a.    Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student and

                 b.    The opportunity to respond to those charges.

                 At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

         3.     Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

D.     Suspensions and Special Education Students

         1.     Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

         2.     Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                                 Reviewed   12/15/23                                                               Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:48

503.2 - Expulsion

503.2 - Expulsion

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment.  The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules, or the law.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes.  Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal shall keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student shall be provided with:

          1.         Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;

          2.         The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;

          3.         An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;

          4.         The right to be represented by counsel; and,

          5.         The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
                                      Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
                                      Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(8).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503  Student Discipline

Approved: 07/10/89     
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                  
Revised:  8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:50

503.3 - Fines - Fees - Charges

503.3 - Fines - Fees - Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent shall inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 18.
                                      1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
                                      1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
                                      1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Cross Reference:  501.16  Homeless Children & Youth
                                      502     Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503     Student Discipline

Approved:  7/10/89       
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                  
Revised: 7/15/97  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:54

503.3E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

503.3E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

Date: ________________                                          School Year: ________________________

All information provided in connection with this application will be kept confidential.

Name of Student: ___________________________________  Grade in School: _____________

Name of Student: ___________________________________  Grade in School: _____________

Name of Student: ___________________________________  Grade in School: _____________

Attendance Center/School:                                                    

Name of parent, guardian or legal/actual custodian: _____________________________________

Please check type of waiver desired:

Full Waiver _____      Partial Waiver _____   Temporary Waiver _____

Please check if the student or the student's family meets the financial eligibility criteria or is involved in one of the following programs:

Full Waiver

            _____ Free meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program

            _____ The Family Investment Program (FIP)

            _____ Transportation assistance under open enrollment

            _____ Foster care

Partial Waiver

_____ Reduced priced meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program

Temporary Waiver

If none of the above apply, but you wish to apply for a temporary waiver of school fees because of serious financial problems, please state the reason for the request:  __________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of parent/guardian or legal/actual custodian:  ___________________________________

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:58

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.

        A.      Waivers -

                  1.       Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.

                  2.       Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program

                  3.       Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

        B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.

        C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.

        D.      Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the board president

        E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

        F.       Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  The following information will be included in registration materials.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the secretary for a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

           

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                              
Revised  11/09/09                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:55

503.3R2 - Donations for Student Meals

503.3R2 - Donations for Student Meals

The Janesville Consolidated School District accepts donations for negative student meal accounts.  If any individual or organization wishes to make payment for negative lunch accounts, the check should be make out to Janesville Consolidated School with negative lunch balances cited in the memo area of the check.  If the District receives a check with instructions to apply payment to a specific student(s) account, the District will follow the guidance in the instructions.  All other donations will be equally pro-rated across all student accounts exceeding the negative $20.00 policy in the following order: accounts of students who qualify for free lunches, accounts of students who qualify for reduced lunches.  Donation distribution will be left up to the discretion of the SFA.

Donations will be applied at the end of each month.

 

 

Approved   10/16/19                       
Reviewed    11/15/21                                                             
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 06:56

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal shall keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
                                      In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(8); 36.15(1).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503  Student Discipline
                                      504  Student Activities

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:02

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

  • Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:
    • To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
    • To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.
    • For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.
    • For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.
    • To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
    • To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
    • To protect the safety of others.
  • Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

          1.         The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;

          2.         The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;

          3.         The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;

          4.         The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;

          5.         The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents shall be given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ingraham v. Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
                                      Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
                                      Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
                                      Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(8); 103.
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.3  Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                      502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503    Student Discipline

Approved:   7/10/89        
Reviewed:  11/15/21               
Revised: 8/14/95                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:03

503.6 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

503.6 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact. 

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction. 

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant nonmonetary value or importance; or
  • When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic. 

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
                                       281 I.A.C. 103.

Cross Reference:  402.3    Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                        502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                        503       Student Discipline
                                        503.5    Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

Approved   01/12/22                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:04

503.6E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

503.6E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Start time of occurrence:

End time of occurrence:

Start time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

End time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

Employee names and titles who observed, were involved with or implemented physical restraint and/or seclusion during occurrence (including administrators who approved extended time if applicable):

Employee’s date of last training on use of physical restraint and seclusion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe student actions before, during and after occurrence:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe employee actions before, during and after occurrence, including the reason for any of the following, if applicable:  use of non-approved restraint, use of non-designated seclusion rooms, any restraint or seclusion that lasted longer than necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe any less restrictive means attempted as an alternative to physical restraint and seclusion or why those means would not be effective or feasible, or have failed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approval from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion past 15 minutes:

Approval obtained from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion more than 30 minutes past last approval time:

Administrator approving:

Administrator approving:

Time approved:

Time approved:

Reasons for length of incident:

 

Reasons for length of incident:

If Administrator approval was not obtained at 15 minutes or every 30 minutes thereafter, or a student was not provided with breaks for bodily needs in incidents lasting longer than 15 minutes, explain why: 

 

 

Parent/Guardian notification:  Parents/Guardians will be notified as soon as practicable once the occurrence is under control, but no more than one hour after, or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first. Space below for documenting multiple attempts to notify guardians is listed in case the guardian cannot be reached in the first attempt. 

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

If Parent/Guardian notification requirements were not complied with, explain why:

 

Describe injuries sustained or property damaged by students or employees:

 

 

 

Describe future approaches to address student behavior including any consequences or disciplinary actions that may be imposed on the student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s parent or guardian within three school days of the occurrence.  Unless the parent or guardian agrees to receive the report by email, fax, or hand delivery, the report must be sent by mail and postmarked by the third day following the occurrence.  Enclosed with a copy of this form is an invitation for the parents or guardians to participate in the debriefing meeting scheduled in accordance with the law. 

 

____________________________________                  ______________________________
Employee                                                                                                Date of form delivered to Parent/Guardian

 

                                                                                    _______________________________
                                                                                    Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:06

503.6E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

503.6E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed.  If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.]

 

Dear [Guardian],

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter. 

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

  • following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school year;
  • When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical restraint;
  • When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary;
  • When suggested by a student’s IEP team;
  • When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and
  • After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student.

This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date within 5 days of transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted list above].  The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting:  [list names and titles of employees].  We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence. 

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting.  Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish.  If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we have an opportunity to make arrangements.

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student.

 

___________________________________                              ___________________________
[Administrator name], title                                                                        Date

 

Enclosure:  Report related to student occurrence

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:11

503.6E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

503.6E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

[The following individuals must attend the debriefing meeting: employees who administered physical restraint or seclusion; an administrator or employee not involved in the occurrence; the administrator or employee who approved continuation of the physical restraint or seclusion; other relevant personnel designated by the school; if indicated by student’s behavior in occurrence, an expert in behavioral/mental health or other discipline.  The following individuals must be invited to attend the debriefing meeting:  the parent or guardian of the student, the student with guardian’s consent.]

             

Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Date of debriefing meeting:

Time of debriefing meeting:

Location of debriefing meeting:

 

Names of individuals attending the debriefing meeting (must include the employees involved and at least one employee who was not involved):

Job title of employee and/or relation to student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Documentation reviewed during meeting (must include at least the occurrence report; and BIP, IHP, IEP and/or safety plan if applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

Identification of patterns of behavior and proportionate response, if any, in the student and employees involved:

 

 

 

 

 

Possible alternative responses, if any, to the incident/less restrictive means, if any:

 

 

 

 

     

Additional resources, if any, that could facilitate those alternative responses in the future:

 

 

 

 

 

Plans for additional follow up actions, if any:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting

 

____________________________________                            ______________________________
Employee                                                                                                        Date of delivered to Parent/Guardian

 

                                                                                                    ______________________________
                                                                                                     Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:12

503.6R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

503.6R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

The District will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:

  • Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
  • As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
  • The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm.  Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
    • The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
    • An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes.  After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
    • The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
    • Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
    • Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of nonapproved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
  • The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
  • An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmented mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.
  • Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used:  as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.
  • The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  If the District determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved.  If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the District will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation.  If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.
  • The District must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:14

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 07:15

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise.  Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, shall set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      504  Student Activities

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                             
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:11

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

 

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

        ·        Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?

        ·        Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?

        ·        Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?

        ·        Is participation in the group required for a particular course?

        ·        Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

 

Noncurriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990).
                                      Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
                                      20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 (1994).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 287.1-.3; 297.9 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       504       Student Activities

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:12

504.4 - Student Performances

504.4 - Student Performances

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day.  Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

  • Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
  • All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,
  • Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent shall be the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503.4  Good Conduct Rule
                                      504    Student Activities
                                      904    Community Activities Involving Students

Approved:   7/10/89             
Reviewed:  11/15/21                    
Revised:  8/14/95   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:14

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the principal.  Fundraising by students for events other than school-sponsored events is not allowed.  Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).
                                      Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  402.9    Solicitations from Outside
                                      502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503       Student Discipline
                                      504       Student Activities
                                      704.5    Student Activities Fund
                                      905.2    Advertising and Promotion

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

 

STUDENT FUND RAISING

 

Student fundraising can enhance a student’s educational experience but it must not be at the expense of the safety and education of the district’s students.  The following are additional regulations to assist the administration in developing procedures necessary for successful fundraising efforts.

Safety:

    • Students will not be asked to solicit door to door. 
    • Students who do not wish to engage in fundraising efforts will be provided an alternative community service option to apply toward credit of funds raised.  The alternative option will not be unduly burdensome or onerous when compared to the fundraising activity.

Fiscal Responsibility: 

  • All funds generated due to a student fund raising activity will be deposited into the district’s student activity funds, pursuant to applicable laws and board policies.
  • Funds raised for a participatory student activity will be equally applied to all students regardless of their participation in fundraising efforts. 
  • All funds generated from district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited in the student activity fund.  
  • All funds generated from non-district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited into an agency fund designated by the board for such purpose.
  • No school district employee or other individual affiliated with the district may deposit student fund raising funds into any other account.  
  • All funds received from student fundraising are the property of the district.

Advertising/Promotion:

  • Any student fundraising activity which utilizes the district name, likeness and/or logo will be subject to board approval, and all other conditions of this policy and accompanying regulations.  

 

 

Approved    10/11/22                      
Reviewed                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:16

504.6 - Student Activity Program

504.6 - Student Activity Program

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons.  If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation.  Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students. A high school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season.

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action.  The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity.  These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (1994).
                                      34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2002).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (2003).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.6., 36.15.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                      502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      503       Student Discipline
                                      504       Student Activities
                                      507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:19

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:21

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

Students shall receive a progress report at the end of each nine-week grading period.  Students who are doing poorly, and their parents, shall be notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held two times per school year at the elementary, junior high, and high school to keep the parents informed.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), .3(7); .5(16).

Cross Reference:  505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                      506  Student Records

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                            
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:21

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal.  When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed.

Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year.  When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed

Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level.  Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(7); 12.5(16).

Cross Reference:  501  Student Attendance
                                      505  Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                           
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:22

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

The school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals.  Students will be made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.  Students who have not attended Janesville Consolidated School District for their entire high school education or have not attended an accredited public or private school will not be eligible for valedictorian and salutatorian honors.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  501.6  Student Transfers In
                                      504    Student Activities
                                      505    Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:   7/10/89             
Reviewed:  11/15/21             
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:33

505.4 - Testing Program

505.4 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

            ·       political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:

            ·       mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;

            ·       sex behavior or attitudes;

            ·       illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;

            ·       critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;

            ·       legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;

            ·       religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or

            ·       income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
                                      Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
                                       20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 280.3; 256B; 282.1, .3, .6 (2003).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(13), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
                                      506       Student Records
                                      607.2    Student Health Services

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:53

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.  

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 48 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required for graduation:
 

 English/Language Arts

8 credits

Science

6 credits

Mathematics

6 credits

Social Studies

6 credits

Physical Education

4 credits

United States Government

1 credit

American History

2 credits

Financial Literacy

1 credit

Career Exploration

1 credit

Health

1 credit

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.

Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science. 

Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.

Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7, 11, .41; 279.8; 279.61; 280.3, .14.
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(5); 12.5

Cross References:  603.3     Special Education

 Approved     07/10/89                            
Reviewed  11/15/21, 10/11/22   
Revised    11/15/21, 10/11/22      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:54

505.6 - Early Graduation

505.6 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505  Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                                  
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:57

505.7 - Commencement

505.7 - Commencement

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505  Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:   7/10/89        
Reviewed:   11/15/21                               
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:58

505.8 - Parent and Family Engagement

505.8 - Parent and Family Engagement

Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success.  The board will:

  1. This jointly developed and agreed upon written policy is distributed to parents and family members of participating Title I children through the Parent Handbook which is made available online to every family. (ESSA Section 1116(a)(2))
  2. The district will provide technical assistance and support in planning and implementing effective parent and family engagement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance through professional development regarding parent and family engagement. The district will partner with community groups as a means to engage families more creatively and successfully. (ESSA Section 1116(a)(2)(B))
  3. The district will work to find ways to work cooperatively with other Federal, state, and local programs. The Title I program will work with local public preschool programs, local library programs, and special education program (IDEA). (ESSA Section 1116(a)(2)(C))
  4. The district conducts a bi-annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness for the parent and family engagement policy. The evaluation includes parents in a meaningful manner. The evaluation tools and methods identify the type and frequency of schoolhome interactions and the needs parents and families have to better support and assist their children in learning. The surveys focus on parent understanding of the program, progress of students, and suggestions to strengthen the program. (ESSA Section 1116(a)(2)(D)(i-iii))
  5. The district uses the findings for the annual evaluation to design evidenced based strategies for more effective parent and family engagement. The evaluation results will help uncover best practices that are working and adapt those ideas to the district needs. (ESSA, Section 1116(a)(2)(E))
  6. The district involves parents and family members in activities of the school. The district has established a parent advisory committee comprised of willing and interested parents, who adequately represent the needs to the population; revising; and reviewing the Parent and Family Engagement Policy (ESSA, Section 1116(a)(2)(F))
  7. At least one annual meeting will be held to inform parents and family members of the district's participation in the Title I program and to explain the requirements of the program and their right to be involved. Janesville Consolidated School District will hold an annual meeting in the fall. Notification will be sent in the district newsletter. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(1))
  8. Parent and family meetings, including parent conferences, will be held at a variety of times and Title I funds may be used to pay reasonable and necessary expenses associated with parent and family engagement activities, including transportation, childcare, or home visit expenses to enable parents to participate in school-related meetings and training sessions. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(2))
  9. The district will involve parents in the planning, review, and improvement of the school’s Title I program through participation in in-person meetings where parents give input and feedback. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(3))
  10. Not applicable. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(3) and Section 1114))
  11. Parents and family members of participating children are given assistance in understanding the Title I program, with timely information about the Title I program. Through annual meetings and parent-teacher conferences, the school will provide parents and family members of participating children with a description and explanation of the curriculum in use, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet through individual reports given to parents at conference time, and through report cards. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(4)(A) & (B))
  12. If requested by parents, the school will provide opportunities for regular meetings to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions relating to the education of their children, and respond to any such suggestions as soon as practicably possible. (ESSA, Section 1116(c)(4)(C))
  13. If the schoolwide plan under Section 1114(b) is not satisfactory, parents of participating students may comment. Comments may be made in writing to the school principal. Section 1116(c)(5)
  14. A jointly developed school/parent compact outlines how parents and family members, the entire school staff, and students all share responsibility for improved student achievement. The compact also describes the means by which the school and parents will build and develop a partnership to help children achieve our local high standards. It is distributed to parents with participating students at the beginning of each school year and is reviewed at the annual meetings. Section 1116(d)
  15. Parents will be notified of this policy in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language the parents can understand. The policy will be free of educational jargon. Section 1116(b)(1)
  16. In order to ensure effective involvement of parents and to support a partnership among the district, parents, and the community to improve student academic achievement, the district shall:
    1. Provide assistance to parents in understanding challenging State academic standards, State and local academic assessments, the requirements of this part, and how to monitor a child’s progress and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children 
    2. Provide materials and training to help parents to work with their children to improve their children’s achievement, such as literacy training, as appropriate, to foster parental involvement; 
    3. Educate teachers, specialized instructional support personnel, principals and other school leaders, and other staff, with the assistance of parents, in the value and utility of contributions of parents, and in how to reach out to, communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, implement and coordinate parent programs, and build ties between parents and the school; 
    4. Coordinate and integrate parent involvement programs and activities with other Federal, State, and local programs, including public preschool programs, and conduct other activities that encourage and support parents in more fully participating in the education of their children; 
    5. Ensure that information related to school and parent programs, meetings, and other activities is sent to the parents of participating children in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can understand;
    6. Provide such other reasonable support for parental involvement activities under this section as parents may request. (ESSA Section 1116(e)(1-14))
  17. The school, to the extent practicable, will provide opportunities for the informed participation of parents and family members (including parents and family members who have limited English proficiency, parents and family members with disabilities, and parents and family members of migratory children) by providing information and school reports required under section 1111 in a format and language the parties can understand. (Section 11116(f))

The board will review this policy annually.  The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §6318

Cross References:  903.2    Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved:   11/12/18                  
Reviewed    11/15/21              
Revised   11/12/18   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 08:59

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:00

506.1 - Education Records Access

506.1 - Education Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law.  Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of education records.  Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center. 

 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. 

An education record may contain information on more than one student.  Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records.  Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission.  This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be:

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • To accrediting organizations;
  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • In connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • As directory information; or
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records.  This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415.
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300, .610 et seq.
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24, .25, 622.10.
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                      505       Student Scholastic Achievement
                                      506       Student Records
                                      507       Student Health and Well-Being
                                      603.3    Special Education
                                      708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                                      901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved   01/09/95      
Reviewed 11/15/21
Revised 11/12/18

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:00

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the __________________________________________Community School District's official
education records of:

(Legal Name of Student) ________________________________________________________________ (Date of Birth)_______________________

 

*******************************************************************************************************
The undersigned requests copies of the following official education records of the above student:
*******************************************************************************************************

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):
(a) An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll. □
(b) An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States. □
(c) An authorized representative of the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General □
(d) A state or local official to whom such is specifically allowed to be reported or disclosed. □
(e) A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE.) □
(f) Otherwise authorized by law. (SPECIFY DETAILS: __________________). □
[(g) A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement.] □

The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be redisclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written
permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

                                                                                    (Signature) ______________________________________________________
                                                                                    (Title) ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                    (Agency) ________________________________________________________
                                                                                    Date: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                    Address: ________________________________________________________
                                                                                    City: ____________________________________________________________
                                                                                    State: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                    ZIP: ____________________________________________________________
                                                                                    Phone Number: __________________________________________________

 

APPROVED:

     Signature: _____________________________________
     Title: _________________________________________
     Dated: ________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:05

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

The undersigned hereby authorizes ________________________________ School District to release copies of the following official education records:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

concerning ____________________________________ (Full Legal Name of Student) ___________________________ (Date of BIrth).

 

(Name of Last School Attended) _____________________________________________________ (Year(s) of Attendance) from 20__ to 20__.

The reason for this request is:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

My relationship to the child is:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

     (  ) the undersigned

     (  ) the student

     (  ) other (please specify) ________________________________________

 

                                                                            (Signature) ____________________________________________

                                                                                                        Date:  ________________________________________________

                                                                                                        Address:  _____________________________________________

                                                                                                        City:  ________________________________________________

                                                                                                        State: ______________________ Zip: ______________________

                                                                                                        Phone Number: ________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:07

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

To: Board Secretary (Custodian) _____________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________________

I believe certain official education records of my child, __________________________________________________, (full legal name of student),
________________________________________________ (school name), are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

My relationship to the child is: __________________________________________________________________________________________

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I
have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or
a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.

                                                                                    (Signature) ______________________________________________________
                                                                                    Date: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                    Address: ________________________________________________________
                                                                                    City: ____________________________________________________________
                                                                                    State: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                    ZIP: ____________________________________________________________
                                                                                    Phone Number: __________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:08

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

To: Board Secretary (Custodian) __________________________________________________________
Address: _____________________________________________________________________________

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

(Full Legal Name of Student) _____________________________________________ (Date of Birth) _______________ (Grade) _________
(Name of School) ______________________________________________________________________

My relationship to the child is: ________________________________________

(check one)
_____ I do
_____ I do not

desire a copy of such records. I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.
 

                                                                          (Signature) ______________________________________________________
                                                                          (Title) __________________________________________________________
                                                                          (Agency) _______________________________________________________
                                                                          Date: __________________________________________________________
                                                                          Address: ________________________________________________________
                                                                          City: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                          State: __________________________________________________________
                                                                          ZIP: ___________________________________________________________
                                                                          Phone Number: __________________________________________________

APPROVED:

Signature:  _______________________________
Title:  ___________________________________
Dated:  __________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:10

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

To: __________________________________________________ Date: ___________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________________________
City / State: ______________________________________________ Zip: __________________________

Please be notified that copies of the _____________________________________________________Community School District's official education records concerning , __________________________________________________(full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

School District Name ___________________________________________ Address__________________________________________________

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here and return this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

                                                                                                                (Name) __________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                (Title)____________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:12

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

Date

 

 

Dear     (Parent)    :

This letter is to notify you that the                                     Community School District has received a      (subpoena or court order)     requesting copies of your child's education records.  The specific records requested are                                                     .

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order)   to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

Sincerely,

 

 

 

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:14

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose:  The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies:  This agreement is between [insert school district name] (hereinafter "School District") and [insert agency] (hereinafter "Agencies")   .

Statutory Authority:  This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2012).

Parameters of Information Exchange:

        1.       The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.

        2.       Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.

        3.       Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.

        4.       Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.

        5.       Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

6.        Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.

        7.       This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission:  The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled.  The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

Confidentiality:  Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law.  Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent.  Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments:  This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing.  Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

Term:  This agreement is effective from [insert date].

Termination:  The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:
Signature: _______________________________________ Address: _______________________________________
Title: ___________________________________________ City: ___________________________________________
Agency: ________________________________________ State / Zip: ______________________________________
Dated: _________________________________________ Phone Number: __________________________________

Signature: _______________________________________ Address: _______________________________________
Title: ___________________________________________ City: ___________________________________________
Agency: ________________________________________ State / Zip: ______________________________________
Dated: _________________________________________ Phone Number: __________________________________

Signature: _______________________________________ Address: _______________________________________
Title: ___________________________________________ City: ___________________________________________
Agency: ________________________________________ State / Zip: ______________________________________
Dated: _________________________________________ Phone Number: __________________________________

Signature: _______________________________________ Address: _______________________________________
Title: ___________________________________________ City: ___________________________________________
Agency: ________________________________________ State / Zip: ______________________________________
Dated: _________________________________________ Phone Number: __________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:14

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

(1)     The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

(2)     The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

Parents or eligible students who wish to ask school district to amend a record should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

(3)     The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board.  A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of PII from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist, a or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

(4)     The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,

400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:17

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records. 

Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

  1. Access to Records
  1. Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records. A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.
  2. School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.   Release of Information Outside the School – Information from education records may be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by law.

C.  Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment

  1. If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education student records. 
  2. The school district will decide whether to amend the education student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.
  3. If the school district determines an amendment is made to the education student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
  4. If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  5. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  6. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  7. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  8. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  9. The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within 5-10 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  10. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 5-10 days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
  11. If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the education student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the education student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the education student record and be maintained like other education student records. If the school district discloses the education student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:18

506.2 - Student Directory Information

506.2 - Student Directory Information

Student directory information is designed to be used internally within the school district.  Directory information shall be defined in the annual notice.  It may include the student's name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student, and other similar information.

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1988).
                                      34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300.560 - .574 (1993).
                                      Iowa Code § 22; 622.10 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 41.20.
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Cross Reference:  504  Student Activities
                                      506  Student Records
                                      901  Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:   7/10/89       
Reviewed: 11/15/21                                    
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:20

506.2E1 - Parental Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

506.2E1 - Parental Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

The Janesville Consolidated School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the office of the principal of all of our schools.

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information:  student's name, address and telephone number; date and place of birth; major field of study; participation in officially recognized activities and sports; weight and height of members of athletic teams; dates of attendance; degrees and awards received; and the most recent previous educational institution attended by the student and other similar information.  You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing no later than September 1 of the current school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RETURN THIS FORM

 

Janesville Consolidated School District

Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 1997 - 1998 school year.

 

Student Name:                                                                                    Date of Birth                   

 

School:                                                                                          Grade:              

 

                                                                                                                                                  
(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child)          (Date)

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than September 1of the current school ear.  Additional forms are available at your child's school.

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:21

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

The student handbook or similar publication given to each student which contains general information about the school shall contain the following statement which shall be published at least annually in a prominent place or in a newspaper of general circulation in the school district:

          The following information may be released to the public in regard to any individual student of the school district as needed.  Any student over the age of eighteen or parent not wanting this information released to the public must make objection in writing by September 1st, of the current school year, to the principal.  The objection needs to be renewed annually.

                      NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC TEAMS, DATES OF ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE STUDENT, AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.

                      DATED:  August, 20___.

 

 

Approved: 8/14/95               
Reviewed:  11/15/21             
Revised:   1/10/00  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:24

506.3 - Student Photographs

506.3 - Student Photographs

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits."  In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 114.

Cross Reference:  506  Student Records

Approved: 8/14/95                 
Reviewed:  11/15/21                            
Revised:                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:24

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries and media center.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It shall be the school librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying shall be charged.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1988).
                                      34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (1993).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 22; 622.10 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  506  Student Records

Approved: 8/14/95                    
Reviewed:   11/15/21                  
Revised:             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:25

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:26

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district shall have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician shall be on file at the attendance center.  Each student shall submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district shall also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 280.13 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 33.5.
                                      641 I.A.C. 7.

Cross Reference:  402.2  Child Abuse Reporting
                                      501    Student Attendance
                                      507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:   7/10/89   
Reviewed:  11/15/21           
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:26

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program. 

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container. Administration of medication may also occur consistent with board policy 804.05 – Stock Prescription Medication Supply.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course).  A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school. 

A written medication administration record shall be on file including: 

  • date; 
  • student’s name; 
  • prescriber or person authorizing administration; 
  • medication; 
  • medication dosage;
  • administration time; 
  • administration method; 
  • signature and title of the person administering medication; and 
  • any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication. 

 

 

Legal Reference:   Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014). 
                                       Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23. 
                                       655 IAC §6.2(152). 

Cross References:  603.3     Special Education
                                         607.2     Student Health Services

                                         804.5     Stock Prescription Medication Supply

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21 10/11/22                                                                      
Revised     10/11/22         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:27

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

_____________________________       ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)      Birthday                    School                                  Date

 

In order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician's assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:
    • purpose of the medication,
    • prescribed dosage,
    • times or;
    • special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually.  If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student's medication while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self- administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district or nonpublic school is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa Code § 280.16.

 

 

                                                                                                                                                    
Medication                   Dosage             Route                                                   Time

 

                                                                                                                                               
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

 

                                                                                                                 /            /          
Special Circumstances                                                               Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                                 /     /            
Prescriber’s Signature                                                                Date

 

                                                                                                                                                    
Prescriber’s Address                                                                 Emergency Phone

 

  • I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
  • (Student maintains self-administration record.)

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Parent/Guardian Signature                                                         Date
(agreed to above statement)                              

                                                                                                                                               
Parent/Guardian Address                                                           Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                Business Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information                                                  

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:31

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

_____________________________       ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)     Birthday                    School                                    Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.
  • The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                                          
Medication/Health Care                         Dosage                         Route                           Time at School

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               
Administration instructions

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               
Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects

 

            /           /          
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                /           /           
Prescriber’s Signature                                                    Date

 

                                                                                                                                   
Prescriber's Address                                                      Emergency Phone

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Parent's Signature                                                                      Date

 

                                                                                                                                   
Parent's Address                                                                        Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                    Business Phone

Additional Information                                                             

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                               

Authorization Form

 

 

Approved 4/10/06                    
Reviewed 11/15/21_______                  
Revised______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:34

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees.  The term "communicable disease" shall mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases shall be included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan shall be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed students shall be determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
                                      29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (1988).|
                                      45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (1993).
                                      Iowa Code ch. 139 (1997).
                                      641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Cross Reference:  403.3  Communicable Diseases - Employees
                                      506    Student Records
                                      507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:   7/10/89     
Reviewed:   11/15/21     
Revised: 11/11/13

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:37

507.3E1 - Communicable Disease Chart

507.3E1 - Communicable Disease Chart

Source:  Iowa Department of Public Health (1994).

CONCISE DESCRIPTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXCLUSION OF CASES FROM SCHOOL

DISEASE

* Immunization is available

Usual interval between exposure & first symtoms of disease

 

MAIN SYMTOMS

Minimum exclusion

from school

CHICKENPOX

13 to 17 days

Mild symptoms and fever.  Pocks are “blistery.”  Develop scabs, most on covered parts of body.

7 days from onset of pock or until pocks become dry.

CONJUNCTIVITIS

(Pink Eye)

24 to 72 hours

Tearing, redness and puffy lids, eye discharge.

Until treatment begins or physician approves readmission.

ERYTHEMIA INFECTIOSUM

(5th Disease)

4 to 20 days

Usual age 5 to 14 years - unusual in adults.  Brief prodrome of low-grade fever followed by Erythemia (slapped cheek) appearance on cheeks, lace-like rash on extremities lasting a few days to 3 weeks.  Rash seems to recur.

After diagnosis no exclusion from school.

GERMAN MEASLES*

(Rubella)

14 to 23 days

Usually mild.  Enlarged glands in neck and behind ears.  Brief red rash.

7 days from onset of rash, keep away from pregnant women.

HAEMOPHILUS MENINGITIS

2 to 4 days

Fever, vomiting, lethargy, stiff neck and back.

Until physician permits return.

HEPATITIS A

Variable - 15 to 50 days

(avg. 28 to 30 days)

Abdominal pain, nausea, usually fever, skin and eyes may or may not turn yellow.

14 days from onset of clinical disease and at least 7 days from onset of jaundice.

IMPETIGO

1 to 3 days

Inflamed sores, with pus.

48 hours after antibiotic therapy started or until physician permits return.

MEASLES*

10 days to fever

14 days to rash

Begins with fever, conjunctivitis, runny nose, cough, then blotchy red rash.

4 days from onset of rash.

MENINGOCOCCAL MENINGITIS

2 to 10 (commonly 3 to 4) days

Headache, nausea, stiff neck, fever.

Until physician permits return.

MUMPS*

12 to 25 (commonly 18) days

Fever, swelling and tenderness of glands at angle of jaw.

9 days after onset of swollen glands or until swelling disappears.

PEDICULOSIS

(Head/Body Lice)

7 days for eggs to hatch

Lice and nits (eggs) in hair.

24 hours after adequate treatment to kill lice and nits.

RINGWORM OF SCALP

10 to 14 days

Scaly patch, usually ring shaped, on scalp.

No exclusion from school.  Exclude from PE, swimming, contact sports.

SCABIES

2 to 6 weeks initial exposure; 1 to 4 days reexposure

Tiny burrows in skin caused by mites.

Until 24 hours after treatment.

SCARLET FEVER SCARLATINA

STREP THROAT

1 to 3 days

Sudden onset, vomiting, sore throat, fever, later fine rash (not on face).  Rash usually only with first infection.

24 hours after antibiotics started and no fever.

WHOOPING COUGH*

(Pertussis)

7 to 10 days

Head cold, slight fever, cough, characteristic whoop after about 2 weeks.

5 days after starts of antibiotic treatment.

Readmission to school -- It is advisable that school authorities require written permission from the health officer, school physician or attending physician before any pupil is readmitted to class following any disease which requires exclusion, not mere absence, from school.

 

 

Approved: 8/14/95       
Reviewed:   11/15/21           
Revised:     11/11/13              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:38

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

While the school district is not responsible for reporting, the following infectious diseases are required to be reported to the state and local public health offices:

Acquired Immune                           Leprosy                                                           Rubella (German
    Deficiency Syndrome                Leptospirosis                                                                measles)
    (AIDS)                                              Lyme disease                                               Rubeola (measles)
Amebiasis                                          Malaria                                                             Salmonellosis
Anthrax                                                Meningitis                                                      Shigellosis
Botulism                                                   (bacterial or viral)                                    Tetanus
Brucellosis                                          Mumps                                                            Toxic Shock Syndrome
Campylobacteriosis                        Parvovirus B 19                                           Trichinosis
Chlamydia trachomatis                         infection (fifth                                         Tuberculosis
Cholera                                                        disease and other                                Tularemia
Diphtheria                                                   complications)                                       Typhoid fever
E. Coli 0157:h7                                 Pertussis                                                          Typhus fever
Encephalitis                                              (whooping cough)                                  Venereal disease
Giardiasis                                            Plague                                                                          Chancroid
Hepatitis, viral                                    Poliomyelitis                                                              Gonorrhea
    (A,B, Non A-                                   Psittacosis                                                                   Granuloma Inguinale
    Non-B, Unspecified)                   Rabies                                                                           Lymphogranuloma Venereum
Histoplasmosis                                 Reye's Syndrome                                                     Syphilis    
Human Immunodeficiency             Rheumatic fever                                               Yellow fever          
    Virus (HIV) infection                    Rocky Mountain                                                 
    other than AIDS                                    spotted fever
Influenza                                              Rubella (congenital
Legionellosis                                            syndrome)                                                                       

Any other disease which is unusual in incidence, occurs in unusual numbers of circumstances, or appears to be of public health concern, e.g., epidemic diarrhea, food or waterborne outbreaks, acute respiratory illness.

                                                                       

 

Approved: 8/14/95       
Reviewed:   11/15/21             
Revised:   11/11/13                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:40

507.3E3 - Reporting Form

507.3E3 - Reporting Form

Source:  Iowa Department of Public Health (1994).

     REPORT THE FOLLOWING DISEASES IMMEDIATELY BY TELEPHONE (1-800-362-2736)

Botulism                                                      Poliomyelitis                Yellow Fever

Cholera                                                        Rabies(Human)          Disease outbreak of any public health concern

Diphtheria                                                    Rubella         

Plague                                                         Rubeola(Measles)         

 

REPORT ALL OTHER DISEASES BELOW                                           WEEK ENDING _____________

See other side for list of reportable infectious diseases.

DISEASE

PATIENT

COUNTY OR CITY

DOB

SEX

 

Name                                            Parent(if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Attending Physician

 

 

 

 

 

Name                                           Parent (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Attending Physician

 

 

 

 

 

Name                                           Parent (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Attending Physician

 

 

 

 

 

Name                                           Parent (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Attending Physician

 

 

 

 

 

Name                                           Parent (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

Attending Physician

 

 

 

 

Reporting Physician, Hospital, or Other Authorized Person.

 

_____________________________________________________________

Address

 

_____________________________________________________________

Remarks:

_____________________________________________________________

 

FOR SCHOOLS ONLY:  Report over 10% absent only.  Total enrollment: ____________________

 

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

No. Absent

 

 

 

 

 

% of Enrollment

 

 

 

 

 

REPORT NUMBER OF CASES ONLY

          __________  Chickenpox                                              __________  Gastroenteritis

          __________  Erythema infectiosum ( 5th disease)    __________  influenza-like illness (URI)

 

 

 

Approved    4/11/05                        
Reviewed  11/15/21                       
Revised  11/11/13                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:51

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district shall attempt to notify the student's parents as soon as possible.

The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible.  An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the student is injured

Annually, parents shall be required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child.  The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.

The superintendent shall be responsible to develop rules and regulations governing the procedure in the event a student should become ill or be injured at school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 613.17 (1995).

Cross Reference:  507  Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:   7/10/89       
Reviewed:  11/15/21        
Revised: 01/10/00

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:53

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year.  Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and review with employees.  Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (2003).
                                       281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being
                                       711.10  School Bus Safety Instruction
                                       804       Safety Program

Approved   4/11/05                         
Reviewed  11/15/21                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:53

507.5R1 - Emergency Fire Plan

507.5R1 - Emergency Fire Plan

The Janesville Consolidated School District Emergency Fire Plan includes the following:

      1.   If evacuation is needed immediately, the staff member who has knowledge of the fire shall pull the nearest fire alarm.

      2.   Each employee of the JCSD shall be instructed as to the locations of all fire alarms.

      3.   The evacuation plan includes:

            a. a diagram posted in each room indicating evacuation routes and exits

            b. knowledge by staff members as to alternate routes of escape.

      4.   Evacuation from the building:

            a.   orderly lines-walking no running

            b.   quietly- no talking so change instructions may be easily heard

            c.    teacher or adult supervisor in charge of each group

            d.   notebooks, coats etc. should NOT be taken

            e.    teacher shall take attendance record and/or class register to check to see that all students are present at assembly point following evacuation

            f.    assembly areas shall be away from the school building and not in a drive area where emergency trucks may have to be

      5.   Windows and doors should be closed to prevent fire from drafting

      6.   The secretary/s need to secure all records and any other valuables in a fire proof safe

      7.   No one should reenter the building

      8.      Fire drills will be held a minimum of 4 times per year, as required by State law; 2 during first semester and 2 during second semester.

            a.   the first drill of each semester will be announced in advance

            b.   the second drill will be unannounced and held at different periods during the day

 

 

Approved:  03/25/96  
Reviewed:   11/15/21                            
Revised:    4/11/05 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:54

507.5R2 - Tornado Plan Guidelines

507.5R2 - Tornado Plan Guidelines

1.   In the event of a tornado:

      A.   A tornado watch will be announced when weather conditions are such as to make formation of tornadoes highly possible.  This is to alert staff and students that they MAY be requested to report to their assigned tornado shelter area.

      B.   A tornado warning is announced when a tornado has been spotted.

            a.   Upon hearing this announcement all staff and students should report immediately to the assigned tornado shelter area.

            b.   If students/staff are on the playground or open area, they will be notified by a staff member and should seek shelter immediately.

2. Tornado shelter areas have been assigned and have been reviewed by the Civil Defense and the insurance company as to safety.  These areas are posted in each room and should be used accordingly.  IF there is any doubt to where you and/or your class should be keep in mind:

  • small interior rooms with no windows
  • hallways with solid walls and without south or west openings
  • small rooms on the north or east sides of the building with
  • little or no glass areas, such as restrooms
  • hallways with south or west openings- place children as far away as possible from south and west openings
  • near the inside walls of north and east rooms with windows

3.   Students should take a book with them and sit/crouch facing the wall with the book over their heads.  If a book is not available, they should cover their heads with their hands/arms.

4.   Because there may be a need to further announcements and the intercom may not be available, IT IS ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY THAT STUDENTS/STAFF REMAIN QUIET!!!!!!

5.   IF THERE IS NOT TIME TO GO TO REGULAR TORNADO SHELTER AREA:

  • Go to inside wall of room
  • Duck down and cover head or lie down under desks or other heavy furniture

6.   Teachers need to take a grade book and/or attendance sheet with them with exiting from the room.

7.   Tornado Drills will be held a minimum of four times per year, as required by State law.  2 will take place during first semester, and 2 during second semester.

      a.   the first drill of each semester will be announced in advance

  1. the second drill will be unannounced and held at different periods during the day

 

 

Approved:  03/25/96  
Reviewed:  11/15/21                             
Revised:   4/11/05 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:56

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

Students shall have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district.  The cost of the health and accident insurance program shall be borne by the student.  Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.

Students participating in intramural or extracurricular athletics shall be required to have health and accident insurance.  The student shall bring written proof of insurance or participate in the health and accident insurance program selected by the school district or indicate that they do not have insurance.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  504  Student Activities
                                      507  Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:   7/10/95   
Reviewed:  11/15/21                  
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:57

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued shall be followed by the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (1995).
                                      441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  506  Student Records
                                      507  Student Health and Well-Being

Approved: 8/14/95                
Reviewed:   11/15/21            
Revised:             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:58

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students shall receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program.

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, shall establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
                                      Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                                      Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                      20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (1988).
                                      34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (1993).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.12(6)(e); 41.96

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                      506    Student Records
                                      603.3  Special Education

Approved: 1/09/95    
Reviewed: 11/15/21             
Revised:  8/12/96 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 09:59

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students shall receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

  1. Definitions

            “Assignment and delegation” – occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student’s special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.

            “Co-administration” – the eligible student’s participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student’s special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

            “Educational program” – includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

            “Education team” – may include the eligible student, the student’s parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student’s educational program.

            “Health assessment” – health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student’s educational program.

            “Health instruction” – education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student’s health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

            “Individual health plan” – the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

            "Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

            "Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

            "Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

            "Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

  • Interpretation or intervention,
  • Administration of health procedures and health care, or
  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

            "Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:

  • physically present.
  • available at the same site.
  • available on call.

 

B.         Licensed health personnel shall provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

 

C.         Prior to the provision of special health services the following shall be on file:

  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

 

D.        Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, shall determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale shall include the following:

  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

 

E.         Licensed health personnel shall supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

 

F.         Licensed health personnel shall instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

 

G.        Parents shall provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment shall be stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment shall be designated in the individual health plan.

 

 

Approved  08/12/96  
Reviewed   11/15/21  
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:00

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The Janesville Consolidated School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas: 

Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors. (See Appendix A)

Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.  (See Appendix B)

Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. (See Appendix C)

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to: 

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law; 
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities; 
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and 
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by: 

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval; 
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy; 
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and 
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy. © IASB POLICY REFERENCE MANUAL Code No. 507.12

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.

NOTE: The Iowa Department of Education has tools and resources available to help districts with progress reports and other aspects of policy implementation and review. Please visit the “School Wellness Policy” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website, located at: https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/nutritionprograms/school-wellness.

NOTE: School districts are required by federal law to have at least one wellness goal in each of the goal areas identified in paragraph three of the sample policy. These goal areas include the following: nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness. School districts should select goals to include in the regulation (507.9R1) from the options provided in the sample regulation (507.9R1) or identify a district specific goal. Districts must remember the sample policy and sample regulation cannot be adopted in the current format.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. 42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq.
                                      
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6). 281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

Cross Reference:  504.5 Student Fund Raising; 504.6 Student Activity Program; 710 School Food Services

Approved: 02/11/2020              
Reviewed: 11/15/21     
Revised: 02/11/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:02

507.9A - Nutrition Education and Promotion - Appendix A

507.9A - Nutrition Education and Promotion - Appendix A

The school district will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that:

  • Is offered at grade level 5-12 to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health;
  • Is part of not only health education classes 5-12, but also classroom instruction in subjects such as math, science, language arts, social studies, and elective subjects;
  • Promotes fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, healthy food preparation methods and health-enhancing nutrition practices;
  • Emphasizes caloric balance between food intake and physical activity
  • Is held for one week in the fall and one week in the spring focusing on nutrition for grade levels K-4, and tailoring it to their way of understanding
     
dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:05

507.9B - Physical Activity - Appendix B

507.9B - Physical Activity - Appendix B

Physical Education

Janesville Consolidated School District will provide physical education that:

  • Is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
  • Is taught by a certified physical education teacher;
  • Includes students with disabilities and special health-care needs, providing proper differentiation of instruction; and,
  • Engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time

 

Daily Recess

Elementary school will provide recess for students that:

  • Is at least 20 minutes per day;
  • Is preferably outdoors;
  • Encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
  • Discourages extended periods of inactivity.

When activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, the teachers should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.

 

Physical Activity and Punishment

Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:06

507.9C - Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness - Appendix C

507.9C - Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness - Appendix C

Integrating physical activity into the classroom setting

For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of daily physical activity and for students to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior, students need opportunities for physical activity beyond the physical education class. Toward that end, the school district will:

  • Offer classroom health education that complements physical education by reinforcing the knowledge and self-management skills needed to maintain a physically active lifestyle and to reduce time spent on sedentary activities;
  • Discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, extended use of phones, etc.;
  • Provide opportunities for physical activity to be incorporated into other subject lessons; and classes, as well as brain breaks to help increase attentiveness;
  • Inform students of all extracurricular activities, as well as activities available in the community to them after and before school.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:06

507.9D - Nutrition Guidelines for All Foods Available on Campus - Appendix D

507.9D - Nutrition Guidelines for All Foods Available on Campus - Appendix D

School Meals

Meals served through the National School Lunch and Breakfast Programs will:

  • be appealing and attractive to children;
  • be served in clean and pleasant settings;
  • meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law:
  • offer a variety of fruits and vegetables, legumes and whole grains;
  • serve only low-fat (1%) and fat-free milk and nutritionally equivalent non-dairy alternatives (as defined by the USDA);

 

Breakfast

To ensure that all children have breakfast, either at home or at school, in order to meet their nutritional needs and enhance their ability to learn, schools will:

  • operate the breakfast program, to the extent possible;

 

Free and Reduced-Priced Meals

The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price meals.  Toward this end, the school district may:

  • utilize electronic identification and payment systems;
  • provide meals at no charge to all children, regardless of income; and,
  • promote the availability of meals to all students.

 

Food Safety

All foods made available on campus adhere to food safety and security guidelines.

  • All foods made available on campus comply with the state and local food safety and sanitation regulations. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) plans and guidelines are implemented to prevent food illness in schools.  http://www.fns.usda.gov/tn/Resources/servingsafe_chapter6.pdf
  • For the safety and security of the food and facility, access to the food service operations are limited to child nutrition staff and authorized personnel. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:07

507.9E - Plan for Measuring Implementation - Appendix E

507.9E - Plan for Measuring Implementation - Appendix E

Monitoring

The superintendent will ensure compliance with established school district-wide nutrition and physical activity wellness policies.

JCSD:

  • food service staff, at the school or school district level, will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this matter to the superintendent.
  • will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes.  If the school district has not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be scheduled as soon as possible;
  • will have the superintendent develop a summary report every three years on school district-wide compliance with the school district’s established nutrition and physical activity wellness policies, based on input from schools within the school district; and,
  • will provide a report to the school board and also distributed to all school wellness committees, parent/teacher organizations, principals and health services personnel in the school district.

 

Policy Review

Monitoring of the Wellness Goal will be continued yearly. As part of that review, the school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical activity.  The school district, and individual schools within the school district will, revise the wellness policies and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:08

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:09

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (1995).

Cross Reference:  704.4  Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved:  7/10/89    
Reviewed:  11/15/21                
Revised: 8/14/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:09

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

In keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 6:00 p.m. whenever possible.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  900  Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved: 8/14/95                     
Reviewed:   11/15/21               
Revised:                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:10

508.3 - Student Work Permits

508.3 - Student Work Permits

The superintendent of schools shall, when requested, issue age and work permits to students in accordance with provisions of the state and federal child labor laws.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code Section 92.11

Approved  7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21       
Revised _________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:11

508.4 - Use of School Facilities

508.4 - Use of School Facilities

There shall be no meetings, practices, or rehearsals by student groups, teams, or organizations if school is canceled or dismissed early due to hazardous weather conditions affecting the transportation of students to and from school.

There shall be no Sunday use of school facilities for meetings, practices, or rehearsals by student groups, teams, or organizations unless prior approval has been given by the superintendent.  Approval will only be granted if an athletic team is scheduled for tournament play on a Monday.

There will be no activities on Sunday morning in the school.  Open gym is allowed on Sunday afternoon if prior permission is given by the superintendent and a coach/sponsor is available to supervise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code Sections 297.9; 300.1

Approved  7/10/89 
Reviewed   11/15/21                       
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 10:12

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:41

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the delivery of the education program.  The board's objective in the design, contents and the delivery of the education program is to provide an equal opportunity for students to pursue an education free of discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, SES, national origin, marital status, religion, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity or disability.

In providing the education program of the school district, the board will strive to meet its overall goal of providing the students an opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance and encourages critical thinking in students.

In striving to meet this overall goal, the objectives of the education program are to provide students with an opportunity to:

  • Acquire basic skills in obtaining information, solving problems, thinking critically and communicating effectively;
  • Become effective and responsible contributors to the decision-making processes of the social and political institutions of the community, state and nation;
  • Acquire entry-level job skills and knowledge necessary for further education;
  • Acquire the capacities for a satisfying and responsible role as family members;
  • Acquire knowledge, habits and attitudes that promote personal and public health, both physical and mental;
  • Acquire an understanding of ethical principles and values and the ability to apply them to their own lives;
  • Develop an understanding of their own worth, abilities, potential and limitations; and,
  • Learn and enjoy the process of learning and acquire the skills necessary for a lifetime of continuous learning and adaptation to change.

An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district shall be appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.  Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Option II

 

The goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district.  An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board.  These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendation of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Approved  2/8/93            
Reviewed 11/15/21                                 
Revised  9/08/08 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:42

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:44

601.1 - School Calendar

601.1 - School Calendar

 The school calendar shall accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar shall be for a minimum of two-hundred days and include, but not be limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.

The academic school year for students shall be for a minimum of one-hundred and eighty days in the school calendar.  The academic school year for students may not begin prior to September but may begin in the week in which September 1 falls unless a waiver is obtained from the Iowa Department of Education.  Should September 1 fall on a Sunday, school may begin any day during the calendar week which immediately precedes September 1.  Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.2(1).

Cross Reference:  501.3  Compulsory Attendance
                                       601.2  School Day
                                       603.3  Special Education

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 11/15/21                                         
Revised  10/9/95
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:44

601.2 - School Day

601.2 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve shall consist of a minimum of five and one-half hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of the student's instructional time.  The minimum school day shall meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.  Kindergarten will consist of a minimum of 13.5 hours of instruction each week.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day shall consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of twenty-seven and one-half hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least twenty-seven and one-half hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, that part of the day during which school was in session, will constitute a school day.  The Superintendent will create administrative regulations necessary to utilize any remote learning opportunities that are available and permitted by law during the period of closure.  Remote learning opportunities will count toward instructional time requirements as allowed by law.  During the time of remote learning, student attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered and grades will count toward students’ cumulative grade point average.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans during periods of closure will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. sec. 300
                                        28C.F.R. pt. 35
                                        Iowa Code §§ 279.8 (1995).
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.2(2), .2(3), .2(6).

Cross Reference:  601.1  School Calendar

Approved 7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21           
Revised 08/24/20 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:46

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:48

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development shall be an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified leanings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important leanings for our students.
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

  • Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and critical objectives for the content/discipline;
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Communicate the internal and external publics regarding the content area;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
  • Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates;
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the Essential Learning Area and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (1996).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1999).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       105  Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                       505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved 6/5/89         
Reviewed 11/15/21           
Revised 4/10/00 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:48

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study  and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources (See Policy 605.1 Instructional Materials Selection);
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff to support their leaning and implementation efforts to address the gaps;
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (1996).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1999).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       105  Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                       505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved   7/10/89    
Reviewed  11/15/21               
Revised  10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:50

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework shall describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum activities:

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates.
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
                                       34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (1996).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1999).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       105  Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                       505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved 4/10/00      
Reviewed 11/15/21                              
Revised  2/15/10

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 08:59

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects shall first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects shall be designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents shall be in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1988).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (1993).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3-.14 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved 10/9/95      
Reviewed  11/15/21                                            
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:01

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:02

603.1 - Basic Instruction Program

603.1 - Basic Instruction Program

The basic instruction program shall include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be nonsexist and multicultural.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten shall be designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six shall include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, character education and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight shall include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, character education and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve shall include character education, English-language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units), science (5 units), health (1 unit), physical education (1 unit), fine arts (3 units), foreign language (4 units), and vocational education (12 units).

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.

Each instruction program shall be carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.  Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1988).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (1993).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  102  Equal Educational Opportunity
                                       103  Educational and Operational Planning
                                       505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved   7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21          
Revised 5/8/00 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:02

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

 Generally, only Driver Education will be offered during summer school.  However, the board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas.  This decision shall be within the discretion of the board.

Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board shall weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11; 280.3, .14; 282.1A, .6 (1995).

Cross Reference:  410.2  Summer School Licensed Employees
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       711.4  Summer School Program Transportation Service

Approved 7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21            
Revised 10/9/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:03

603.3 - Special Education

603.3 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for free appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district shall work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects state and federal law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
                                       Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                                       Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                       20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (1988).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (1993).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 41.

Cross Reference:  503    Student Discipline
                                       505.5  Graduation Requirements
                                       506    Student Records
                                       507.2  Administration of Medication to Students
                                       507.8  Student Special Health Services
                                       601.1  School Calendar
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum

Approved 7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21       
Revised 04/27/06                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:04

603.4 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

603.4 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, socioeconomic status, color, sex, SES, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, creed or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans and persons with disabilities.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2007).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Cross Reference:  102  Equal Educational Opportunity
                                       600  Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved 7/10/89         
Reviewed 11/15/21          
Revised  09/08/08

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:07

603.5 - Health Education

603.5 - Health Education

 Students in grade levels one through twelve shall receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; communicable diseases, including sexually transmitted diseases and acquired immune deficiency syndrome; and current crucial health issues.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above shall be included in health education and the instruction shall be adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The written request shall include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent shall have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities/
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum
                                       607  Instructional Services

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed 11/15/21                               
Revised 10/9/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:09

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

Student Name:                                                                                      Grade:                           

Parent/Guardian:                                                                                   Phone #:                       

 

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

                                  Objective                                                        Class/Grade

Ex.                 To understand the consequences of           Health Education/6
                      responsible and irresponsible sexual
                      behavior.

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

4.

 

5.

 

6.

 

7.

 

8.

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/shall be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

 

 

Signed:                                                                                                 Date:               
                      (Parent or Guardian)

 

Signed:                                                                                                 Date:               
                      (School Administrator)

 

 

Approved   10/9/95                 
Reviewed  11/15/21                  
Revised                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:10

603.6 - Physical Education

603.6 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

      ·    the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or

      ·    the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.

  • the student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly; or
  • the student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corps.

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 256.11
                                        281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
                                       603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved  07/10/89                   
Reviewed   11/15/21                            
Revised    11/15/21             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:11

603.7 - Career Education

603.7 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education shall include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, shall review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Cross Reference:  603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved   7/10/89       
Reviewed 11/15/21           
Revised  10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:14

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

  The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion shall not take place.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:

  • the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;
  • the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
  • the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
                                       Lee v. Weisman. 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
                                       Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
                                       Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.6 (1995).

Cross Reference:  603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       604.5  Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
                                       606.2  School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved   7/10/89    
Reviewed 11/15/21          
Revised  10/9/95 
  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:15

603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied shall take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related activities shall be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and shall be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers shall be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) shall be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes shall be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious content included in student performances shall be selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and shall seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances shall not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) shall be permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students shall be permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require projects or activities which are indoctrinational or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or nonbeliefs.

 

 

Approved  10/9/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21                                           
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:16

603.9 - Academic Freedom

603.9 - Academic Freedom

 The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It shall be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       903.5  Distribution of Materials

Approved  10/9/95                  
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised                
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:17

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It shall be the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It shall be the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It shall be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor shall not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

 

Approved 7/10/89         
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:18

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education shall be incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
                                       603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 11/15/21                               
Revised 5/9/05 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:19

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

 Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students shall have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students shall be instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(8).

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       503  Student Discipline

Approved 7/10/89          
Reviewed 11/15/21            
Revised 10/9/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:20

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:22

604.1 - Competent Private Instruction

604.1 - Competent Private Instruction

In the event a child of compulsory attendance age, over age six and under age sixteen, does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school the child must receive competent private instruction.

A parent choosing competent private instruction for a student must notify the school district prior to the first day of school on forms provided by the school district.  The forms are available in the central administration office.  One copy of the completed forms will be kept by the school district and another copy will be forwarded to the area education agency.

The superintendent will determine whether the completed form is in compliance with the law.  Specifically, the superintendent will determine whether the individual providing the instruction is either the student's parent, guardian, legal custodian or an Iowa licensed practitioner; whether the licensed practitioner's license is appropriate for the age and grade level of the student; that the student is being instructed a minimum of one hundred and forty-eight days per year; that immunization evidence is provided for students placed under competent private instruction for the first time and that the report is timely filed.

The school district shall report noncompliance with the reporting, immunization, attendance, instructor qualifications, and assessment requirements of the compulsory attendance law to the county attorney of the county of residence of the student's parent, guardian or custodian.

Students receiving competent private instruction are eligible to request open enrollment to another school district.  Prior to the request for open enrollment, the student shall request dual enrollment in the resident district.  The receiving district shall not bill the resident district unless the receiving district complies with the reporting requirements.  If the parent, guardian or custodian fails to comply with the compulsory attendance requirements, the receiving district shall notify the resident district.  The resident district shall then report the noncompliance to the county attorney of the county of residence of the parent, guardian or custodian.

The Janesville Consolidated School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. 

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means either private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter by or under supervision of a licensed practitioner, which results in the student making adequate progress, or private instruction provided by a parent, guardian or legal custodian. 

Independent private instruction means private instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.
                                       281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                                       502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       504       Student Activities
                                       507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates
                                       604.7    Dual Enrollment
                                       604.9    Home School Assistance Program

Approved   10/9/95                 
Reviewed 11/15/21                 
Revised      11/15/21        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:22

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending the school district shall receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction shall state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8, .10, .11; 280.3, .14; 299.1-.6, .11, .15, .24; 299A (1995).

Cross Reference:  501.12  Pregnant Students
                                       604.1   Competent Private Instruction

Approved 10/9/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21                                              
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:25

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.  The board shall identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       604.6  Instruction at a Post-Secondary Education Institution

Approved 7/10/89         
Reviewed  11/15/21               
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:27

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The board shall provide a plan to encourage and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (1995).
                                       281  I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 61; 65.

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       607.1  Student Guidance and Counseling Program

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:27

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest.  Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents shall abide by the following:

  • The notice shall be in writing;
  • The objection shall be based on religious beliefs;
  • The objection shall state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
  • The objection shall state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
  • The objection shall state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent shall have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent shall consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.

Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs shall be required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
                                       Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
                                       Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
                                       Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 256.11(6); 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       606.2  School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved   7/10/89    
Reviewed  11/15/21                                          
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:28

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

 Students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or vocational-technical credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  The student may receive academic or vocational-technical credits through an agreement between a post-secondary educational institution or with the board's approval on a case-by-case basis.

Students in grades nine through twelve who successfully complete courses in post-secondary educational institutions under an agreement between the school district and the post-secondary educational institution shall receive academic and vocational-technical credits in accordance with the agreement.

Students who have completed the eleventh grade but who have not completed the graduation requirements set out by the board may take up to seven semester hours of credit at a post-secondary educational institution during the summer months when school is not in session.  Upon successful completion of these summer courses, the students shall receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board.  Successful completion of the course shall be determined by the post-secondary educational institution.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine the academic credit to be awarded to the student for the summer courses.

The following factors shall be considered in the board's determination of whether a student will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for a course at a post-secondary educational institution:

  • the course is taken from a public or accredited private post-secondary educational institution;
  • a comparable course is not offered in the school district.  A comparable course is one in which the subject matter or the purposes and objectives of the course are similar, in the judgment of the board, to a course offered in the school district;
  • the course is in the discipline areas of mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, vocational-technical education, or a course offered in the community college career options program;
  • the course is a credit-bearing course that leads to a degree;
  • the course is not religious or sectarian; and
  • the course meets any other requirements set out by the board.

Students in grades eleven and twelve who take courses, other than courses taken under an agreement between the school district and the post-secondary educational institution, shall be responsible for transportation without reimbursement to and from the location where the course is being offered.

Ninth and tenth grade talented and gifted students and all students in grades eleven and twelve will be reimbursed for tuition and other costs directly related to the course up to $250.  Students who take courses during the summer months when school is not in session shall be responsible for the costs of attendance for the courses.

Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit shall reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course.  Prior to registering for the course, students under age eighteen shall have a parent sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course.  Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course for reasons beyond their control, including, but not limited to, the student's incapacity, death in the family or a move to another district, may not be responsible for the costs of the course.  The school board may waive reimbursement of costs to the school district for the previously listed reasons.  Students dissatisfied with a school board's decision shall appeal to the AEA for a waiver of reimbursement.

The superintendent shall be responsible for annually notifying students and parents of the opportunity to take courses at post-secondary educational institutions in accordance with this policy.  The superintendent shall also be responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261C; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995).
                                       Iowa Code Supp. § 261C.8 (1995).
                                       281  I.A.C. 12, 22.

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       604.3  Program for Talented and Gifted Students

Approved  12/13/93             
Reviewed  11/15/21               
Revised  10/9/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:30

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district.  The student shall be considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary prior to the third Friday of September each year on forms provided by the school district.  On the form, they shall indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district shall apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district.  These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

The school district shall notify the dual enrollment student of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       503    Student Discipline
                                       504    Student Activities
                                       507    Student Health and Well-Being
                                       604.1  Competent Private Instruction
                                       604.9  Home School Assistance Program

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed  11/15/21                 
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:32

604.8 - Foreign Students

604.8 - Foreign Students

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:

  • The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
  • The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
  • The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and
  • The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance|
                                       507.1  Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:33

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

The board, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a home school assistance program.  This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.

The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the home school assistance program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.

Students registered for the home school assistance program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
                                       507      Student Health and Well-Being
                                       604.1  Competent Private Instruction
                                       604.7  Dual Enrollment

Approved  10/9/95        
Reviewed  11/15/21                      
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:34

604.10 - Virtual/Online Courses

604.10 - Virtual/Online Courses

The board recognizes that on-line coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but, also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.

High school students may earn necessary credits as determined by the high school principal and guidance counselor to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing on-line courses offered through agencies approved by the board, such as the Iowa On-Line Learning.  Credit from an on-line or virtual course may be earned only in the following circumstances: 

  • The course is not offered at the high school;
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;
  • The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;
  • The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or
  • The principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.

Students applying for permission to take a virtual course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an on-line learning environment.  In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an on-line course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.

Provided courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the costs for a virtual course, such as textbooks or school supplies, shall be borne by the school district for students enrolled full-time. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2005)
                                         281 I.A.C. 15

Cross Reference:  605.6    Internet Appropriate Use
                                         501.6    Student Transfers In

Approved __10/09/95               
Reviewed   _11/15/21_                         
Revised  _12/11/13___

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:36

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

It is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration.  The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district. 

While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege.  Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students. 

The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants.  Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district.  Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws. 

Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy. 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
                                        47 U.S.C. §254
                                        20 U.S.C. §6777
                                        Iowa Code §§ 715C

Cross Reference:  104  Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment
                                       401.13  Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
                                       506.1  Student Records
                                       605.4  Technology in the Classroom
                                       605.6 Internet Appropriate Use
                                       501.6 Student Transfers In

Approved __08/24/20________
Reviewed  _11/15/21_________ 
Revised  __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:38

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:40

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board recognizes that the selection of instructional materials is a vital component of the school district's curriculum.

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  The board delegates its authority to determine which instructional materials will be utilized and purchased by the school district to licensed employees.  The licensed employees shall work closely together to ensure vertical and horizontal articulation of school library materials and textbooks in the education program.

The board may appoint an ad hoc committee for the selection of instructional materials.  The committee may be composed of school district employees, parents, students, community members or representatives of community groups.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, the licensed employees shall consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by the selection committee.

In making its recommendations to the superintendent, the licensed employees will select materials which:

  • support the educational philosophy, goals and objectives of the school district;
  • consider the needs, age, and maturity of students;
  • are within the school district's budget;
  • foster respect and appreciation for cultural diversity and difference of opinion;
  • stimulate growth in factual knowledge and literary appreciation;
  • encourage students to become decision-makers, to exercise freedom of thought and to make independent judgment through the examination and evaluation of relevant information, evidence and differing viewpoints;
  • portray the variety of careers, roles, and lifestyles open to persons of both sexes; and,
  • increase an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each member of a multicultural society.

In the case of school library materials and textbooks, the board shall make the final decision after a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of instructional materials shall also apply to the selection of school library materials and textbooks.  The superintendent may appoint licensed employees to assist in the selection of school library materials and textbooks.

Gifts of instructional materials must meet these criteria stated above for the selection of instructional materials.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy 704.4 "Gifts - Grants - Bequests."

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995).

Cross Reference:  208  Ad Hoc Committees
                                       505  Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602  Curriculum Development                                 
                                       605  Instructional Materials

Approved 7/10/89            
Reviewed 11/15/21            
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:40

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials Regulation

I.        Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

          A.        The Board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Janesville Consolidated School District.

          B.         The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and audiovisual materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or media center materials.  The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.

          C.         While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, students, parents, community members and media specialists, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees.  For the purpose of this rule the term "media specialist" includes librarians, school media specialists or other appropriately licensed persons responsible for the selection of media equipment and materials.

          D.        Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.

          E.         If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee shall be formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.

                      1.         The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.

                      2.         The following statement shall be given to the ad hoc committee members:

                                              Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

                                  Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

                                  Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.

                                  Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.

 

II.      Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms shall meet the following guidelines:

          A.        Religion - Material shall represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of the major religions shall be considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, shall not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.

          B.         Racism - Material shall present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual.

          C.         Sexism - Material shall reflect a sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.

          D.        Age - Material shall recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.

          E.         Ideology - Material shall present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material shall not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and shall be related to the maturity level of the intended audience.

          F.         Profanity and Sex - Material shall be subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the media specialists and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.

          G.        Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

          The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

          These guidelines shall not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

 

III.     Procedure for Selection

          A.        Material purchased for libraries and classrooms shall be recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, media center staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase shall be approved by the appropriate building administrator.

                      1.         The materials selected shall support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:

                                  a.       To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;

                                  b.       To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;

                                  c.       To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;

                                  d.       To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;

                                  e.       To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;

                                  f.       To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;

                                  g.       To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,

                                  h.       To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.

                      2.         Materials selected shall be consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:

                                  a.         To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;

                                  b.         To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;

                                  c.         To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:

                                              1.    Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.

                                              2.    Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.

                                              3.    Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.

                                              4.    Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.

                                  d.         To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,

                                  e.         To strive for impartiality in the selection process.

                      3.         The materials selected shall meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:

                                  a.         Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;

                                  b.         Reliability:

                                               1.    Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.

                                               2.    Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.

                                  c.          Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.

                                  d.          Language:

                                               1.    Vocabulary:

                                                     a.       Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;

                                                     b.    Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.

                                              2.    Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.

                                  e.         Format:

                                              1.    Book

                                                     a.     Adequate and accurate index;

                                                     b.    Paper of good quality and color;

                                                     c.     Print adequate and well spaced;

                                                     d.    Adequate margins;

                                                     e.     Firmly bound; and,

                                                     f.     Cost.

                                              2.    Nonbook

                                                     a.     Flexibility, adaptability;

                                                     b.    Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;

                                                     c.     Appropriate for audience;

                                                     d.    Accurate authoritative presentation;

                                                     e.     Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);

                                                     f.     Durability; and,

                                                     g.    Cost.

                                              3.    Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:

                                                     a.     Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.

                                                     b.    Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;

                                                     c.     Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;

                                              4.    Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.

                                  f.          Special Features:

                                              1.       Bibliographies.

                                              2.       Glossary.

                                              3.       Current charts, maps, etc.

                                              4.       Visual aids.

                                              5.       Index.

                                              6.       Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.

                                              7.       Provide a variety of learning skills.

                                  g.         Potential use:

                                               1.      Will it meet the requirement of reference work?

                                               2.      Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?

                                               3.      Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?

                                               4.      Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?

                                               5.      Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?

                                               6.      Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?

                                               7.      Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?

                                               8.      Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?

                                               9.      Will it serve the needs of students with special problems?

                                              10.     Does it inspire learning?

                                              11.     Is it relevant to the subject?

                                              12.     Will it stimulate a student's interest?

                      4.         Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement of such gifts shall be within the discretion of the board.

                      5.         In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, media specialists shall provide for constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:45

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

 

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents.

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.  

The district will publish on the district’s website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in libraries operated by the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

Legal Reference:    Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
            Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .74; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995).
            281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:    602  Curriculum Development
            605  Instructional Materials
            901  Public Examination of School District Records

Approved 7/10/89         Reviewed  12/15/23                    Revised 12/15/23
                                   

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:49

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials. Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and library materials will be made available on the district’s website.

Parents and guardians of student enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to access certain instructional materials or check our certain library materials.  For purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student’s classes by the teacher of record.  Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.

 

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .74,.77; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995).
                281 I.A.C. 12.3(12)

Cross Reference:    213    Public Participation in Board Meetings
            402.5  Public Complaints About Employees
            602    Curriculum Development
            605    Instructional Materials

Approved  7/10/89         Reviewed  12/15/23                  Revised 12/15/23
                                    

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:53

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any resident of the district may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make an informed decision on the challenge.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of community members.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the Committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions.  For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for disagreement.  However, the committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee will listen to the new complaint, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept continuously informed of the progress of the complaint.                                           

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before reaching a decision.  In deliberating its decision, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the committee's final decision.

 

 

Approved   10/9/95    
Reviewed   11/15/21               
Revised              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:54

605.3E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Request Form

605.3E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Request Form

Request for re-evaluation of printed or audiovisual material to be submitted to the superintendent.

 

REVIEW INITIATED BY:               DATE:                                                       

 

Name                                                                                                                                                              

Address                                                                                                                                                          

City/State                                                          Zip Code                                  Telephone                       

School(s) in which item is used                                                                                                                  

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.)                                                                             

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

 

Author                                                                      Hardcover             Paperback             Other         

Title                                                                                                                                                                 

Publisher (if known)                                                                                                                                     

Date of Publication                                                                  

 

AUDIOVISUAL MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

 

Title                                                                                                                                                                 

Producer (if known)                                                                                                                                     

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)                                                                                    

 

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS: (circle one)

          Self                              Group or Organization

          Name of group                                                                                                                                    

          Address of Group                                                                                                                               

 

1.       What brought this item to your attention?

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

2.       To what in the item do you object?  (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

3.       In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

4.       Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

5.       Did you review the entire item?  If not, what sections did you review?

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

6.       Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?

                                      yes                    no

          If yes, please list specific suggestions:                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                               

 

7.       To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?

                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                               

 

8.       Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?

                          Yes    (a)        Please call the office of the Superintendent

                                  (b)        Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require.

                                                                          minutes.

                          No

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                    
          Dated                                          Signature

 

 

Approved   10/9/95    
Reviewed  11/15/21     
Revised              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 09:56

605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

Dear:

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                                                          

in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

          1.         Instructional goals and objectives,

          2.         Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and

          3.         Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Approved   10/9/95    
Reviewed  11/15/21                    
Revised              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:00

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

A.         A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  School employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

1.    The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff.  Often this will be the classroom teacher.

2.     The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional or library materials will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level.  The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.

        a.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.
        b.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.
        c.    The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received.  Schools officials will offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.

B.    Request for Reconsideration

    1.    A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.
    
    2.    Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Forms.  

    3.    The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or library material is being challenged.  The Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal.  

    4.    The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.

    5.       The Superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.

    6.       The committee will make their recommendation to the Superintendent within five school days of meeting.

    7.       The Superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation.  A copy of the Superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.

    8.       An appeal of the Superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the Superintendent’s decision.  The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the Superintendent’s decision, whichever is later.  If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the Superintendent.  The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.

    9.       Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.10.d. of this rule.

   10.     The Reconsideration Committee
                  a.       The reconsideration committee is made up of six members.
                              (1)    One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.
                              (2)    One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.
                              (3)    One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.
                              (4)    Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.
                             
                  b.       The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.

                  c.       The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

                  d.       Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.

                  e.       The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws.  Notice of the committee meeting is made public through appropriate communication methods as required by law.

                  f.        The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.
 

                  g.       The committee will determine its agenda for the meeting which may include the following:
                            (1)    Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.
                            (2)        An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.

                            (3)    Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.
                            (4)    Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.

                 h.    The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee. 

                  i.    The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material.  The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate attendance centers.
        
                  j.    The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.

                  k.    Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review.  

                   l.    A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.

                  m.    Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered.  

                   n.    If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges, or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same materials.  Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.
 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 280.14

Uniform School Requirements - Administrators

Iowa Code  § 280.3

Education Program - Attendance Center Requirements

Iowa Code  § 301

Textbooks

Iowa Code 279.74

Powers and Duties - Specific Defined Concepts

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

Cross References

Code

Description

213

Public Participation in Board Meetings

 

 

Approved  7/10/89     Reviewed  12/15/23                  Revised 12/15/23 

                                                                     

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:01

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economic ways to utilize instructional television, audiovisual materials, computers, and other technological advances as a part of the curriculum.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent shall report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(10), .5(22).

Cross Reference:  602    Curriculum Development
                                       605    Instructional Materials

Approved   7/10/89    
Reviewed  11/15/21                 
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:05

605.5 - Media Centers

605.5 - Media Centers

The school district shall maintain a media center in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the centers will be acquired according to board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."

It shall be the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the media center is located to oversee the use of materials in the media center.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5(22).

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
                                       605  Instructional Materials

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed  11/15/21                
Revised 10/9/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:07

605.6 - Technology - Acceptable Use Policy

605.6 - Technology - Acceptable Use Policy

 The following statement of acceptable use of the Janesville Consolidated School District (JCSD) technology resources applies to all JCSD faculty, staff, administration, students, parents, other employees and guests using school district information resources.

JCSD offers a variety of technology resources for staff, student, and parent use. Access to these resources is a privilege and not a right. Privileges can and will be taken away for violation of the policy and regulations. All students and their parents or guardians must read and understand the acceptable use policies, and provide the signed acknowledgment form annually, to be kept on file in the school office.

When using district-supplied information technology facilities and resources, individuals agree to abide by all policies and procedures adopted by the JCSD as well as all current federal, state, and local laws. These include District policies and procedures against harassment, plagiarism, and unethical conduct; as well as local, state, and federal laws prohibiting theft, copyright infringement, and insertion of viruses into computer systems, vandalism, and other unlawful intrusions. In the event of violation of any of these policies, procedures or laws, current district disciplinary policies and practices will be followed, including those regulating the provision of information to law enforcement authorities.

Internet access is available through a complex association of agencies, regional and state networks and commercial organizations. To ensure the smooth operation of the network, end users must adhere to established guidelines regarding proper conduct and efficient, ethical and legal usage.

 

ACCESS & MONITORING

With access to computers and people all over the world also comes the availability of material that may not be considered of educational value in the context of the school setting. On a global network it is impossible to control access to all materials; an industrious user may discover inappropriate information. While the JCSD prohibits access to such material, it is not possible to totally prevent access. The JCSD firmly believes that the valuable information and interaction available on this worldwide network far outweigh the possibility that users may procure material that is not consistent with the educational goals of the District.

Internet activities will be monitored by the district through supervision and use of internet filtering mechanisms to ensure that users are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, pornography, or are harmful to minors. The District will take measures for educating minors about appropriate online behavior.

Internet technology resources must be used in support of education and research, and consistent with JCSD educational objectives. Specifically prohibited are violations of copyright, threatening or obscene material, commercial activities, product advertisement, or unsolicited political lobbying.

 

HARDWARE/SOFTWARE

Employee Technology: Damaged Technology shall be fixed or replaced after first incident at no cost to employee.  Second loss per computer lifecycle, employees will be charged insurance premium of $100 and every instance thereafter. Damage due to carelessness may result in disciplinary action including, but not limited to suspension of privileges.

Vandalism will result in a suspension of privileges and payment for damages. Other district disciplinary policies and practices may also apply. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy hardware, software, or data of another user or interference with network operation. This includes, but is not limited to the uploading or creation of viruses, removing keys from keyboards, removing any parts from equipment and hacking.

To maintain consistency and licensing, the technology coordinator will regulate installation of software on computers. Users should check before installing software. Users are prohibited from installing software. Only software owned by the district may be installed.

The district takes precautions to avoid data loss, but the potential for loss always exists. The District will not be held responsible for any loss of data.

 

NETWORK & INTERNET USE

Appropriate use of the network is critical for stability and smooth operation. Bypassing the content filter by using proxy servers and any other means is not allowed.

Social networking sites and instant messaging are not prohibited, although require responsible use.  Such interactive sites provide an educational environment which may serve as organizational tools, prompts to guide student discussion and response, enhance collaboration, allow for electronic retrieval and submission of assignments, and provide access to grades, assignments, and calendars to both students and parents. Instructional activities using social networking sites and instant messaging will be supervised by the

teacher. This policy also serves as notice and consent of all and any such ‘terms of use’ for such activity.  Use of social networking sites during instructional time for non-curricular purposes requires approval from the immediate supervisor.

The network is not be used in a way that would disrupt the use of the network by others (e.g., downloading huge files, sending mass e-mail messages). Information stored on the District server must be for a school-related purpose, and does not maintain any expectation of confidentiality.

 

EMAIL

Email accounts may be provided for all staff and students. Users will check their email frequently and stay within their email quota.

Email which resides on the District server/network is not confidential. Email messages may be requested by the public under the Open Records Act.

Other email violations include, but are not limited to:

-  Do not email personal items for sale or to give away. Ask the building administrator where     these items can be posted.

-  Do not forward email to the school mailing lists unless it specifically relates to school business.

            -  Do not engage in “spamming” or participate in chain letters

Chain Letter Definition: a letter to be circulated among many people by being Copied, or, sometimes, added to, and then passed to others with a request to do              the same.

Spamming Definition: to send (a message) indiscriminately to multiple mailing lists, individuals, or news groups.

-  Do not send large email attachments to building mailing lists or a large number of users at once. (General Rule – less than 3MB)

            -  Never reply to a spam email.

 

PERSONAL DEVICES

Personal electronic and/or technological devices are not permitted on the District’s security protected network. All District policies, rules, and regulations apply to devices which access any network provided by the District.

 

WEB PAGES - CONTENT

The purpose of the District-sponsored web site is: to make parents, students, and community aware of the school, classroom, and student activities, and to support communication among those groups.

When publishing, users must remember that visitors to the site will include global communities (students, families, staff, alumni, community, prospective students and families, and ANYONE in the world with internet access.)

Teacher created web pages that are used in the classroom or to support instruction must follow the procedures outlined in this document. Teacher and/or school-related web sites and links to external sites must be instructional in content and all subject matter on the web pages must relate to curriculum, instruction, school activities, or general information that is relevant and appropriate. Web pages for individuals or organizations not directly affiliated with the District

are not allowed and items are not to be solicited or advertised for personal business. Personal information should be kept to a minimum. Only school phone numbers and email address should be posted on the web sites.

Only school-sponsored fund raising may be placed on District web pages.

CONFIDENTIALITY - Student work may be published when it relates to a class project, course, or other school-related activity. No personal information, such as home phone numbers or addresses, should be included for any student. Content should not reveal students’ disabilities such as “Ms. Jones’ Special Education Class.” For student publishers, the sponsoring staff member’s email must be included as the responsible person.

Any student included in a photo must have a photo release signature on file. Staff may opt to have their photo on their own web page, but written permission will be needed to use another staff member’s photo on a page.

QUALITY - All web pages created for use in the district will be approved by the network administrator before being uploaded to the site for the first time. Student web pages must be approved by the teacher before being uploaded to a web server.

The District reserves the right to remove any web pages deemed inappropriate or contrary to District policies.

COPYRIGHT – Videos from United Streaming/Discovery or other sites should be linked from their original site, not from a file on the District server. Only original works may be linked to a file directly from the District web server.

Music cannot be made available for download, unless it was an original piece created by you. This includes music in student presentations that are on the web as well.  All pages and content are the property of the Janesville Consolidated School District.

REQUIREMENTS – Schools, teachers and staff members must provide email and work telephone information on their web pages as a convenient means of communication for their web site visitors. Student web pages must contain the email address of the supervising teacher.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8(1995).

Cross References:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                          506    Student Records
                                          605.5 Media Centers

Approved 8/12/96
Reviewed 07/11/22               
Revised 07/11/22
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:10

605.6E1 - Acceptable Use Signature Form

605.6E1 - Acceptable Use Signature Form

Parent/Guardian Signature

I have read and understand the information provided regarding appropriate use of technology at Janesville Consolidated School District.  I also understand that my child’s work (writing, drawings, etc.) may occasionally be published on the internet.

I understand this form will be kept on file at the school.

 

____________________________________________
(Parent Name – Print)

 

____________________________________________               _______________
(Parent Signature)                                                                                                      (Date)

 

 

Student Signature

(Parents, please review this policy with your child and have them respond to the following)

I have read the Acceptable Use Policy and agree to abide by these provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions may constitute suspension or revocation of internet and/or technology privileges.

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any internet services that incur a cost.

 

_____________________________________________
(Student Name – Print)

 

_____________________________________________              ________________
(Student Signature)                                                                                                     (Date)

     

 

Approved   09/07/96                        
Reviewed   11/15/21            
Revised 7/13/09

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:22

605.6E2 - Acceptable Use Violation

605.6E2 - Acceptable Use Violation

Students who violate the Acceptable Use Policy shall be subject to, but not limited to, the following consequences. Additional District Policy may be applicable to the violation.

 

First Offense: Loss of internet access for a period of 30 school days.

Second Offense: Loss of internet access for a period of 90 school days.

Third Offense: Loss of all internet and/or technology privileges for a period of 1 calendar year.

 

 

Approved 09/07/96                   
Reviewed 11/15/21                   
Revised 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:24

605.6E3 - Acceptable Use Signature Form - Employee

605.6E3 - Acceptable Use Signature Form - Employee

I have read and understand the information provided regarding appropriate use of technology resources at Janesville Consolidated School District. I agree to abide by these provisions and I understand that violations will result in disciplinary actions up to and including dismissal.

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any internet services that have costs involved.

I understand this form will be kept on file at the school.

 

____________________________________________
(Employee Name – Print)

 

____________________________________________               _______________
(Employee Signature)                                                                                        (Date)

 

 

Approved 09/07/96                   
Reviewed 11/15/21                   
Revised 7/13/09, 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:25

605.6R1 - Examples of Unacceptable Uses

605.6R1 - Examples of Unacceptable Uses

This list is by no mean exhaustive, but an attempt to provide examples of activities which fall into the category of unacceptable use.

  • Users should not download copy or store any software applications in their server space unless approved by the Technology Coordinator. (Do not drag applications to your desktop.)
  • The network may not be used for commercial purposes. Users may not give away or sell products or services through the system.
  • Use of network for advertising or unsolicited political lobbying is prohibited.
  • The network may not be used for any activity, or to transmit any material, that violates United States or local laws. This includes, but is not limited to, illegal activities such as threatening the safety of another person or violating copyright laws.
  • Network users may not use vulgar, derogatory, or obscene language. Users may not engage in personal attacks, harass another person, or post private information about another person.
  • Network users may not log on to someone else’s account or attempt to access another user’s files. “Hacking” or otherwise trying to gain access to another person’s or organization’s computer system is prohibited. Never share your password with anyone.
  • Users may not access material that is obscene or that promotes illegal acts. If a user accidentally accesses this type of information, he or she should immediately get out of the site, then notify a teacher, librarian, and/or network administrator.
  • Network users may not engage in “spamming” or participate in chain letters. Any email forwarded to mailing lists should be directly related to school business.
  • Users may not bypass the school’s internet filter. This includes the use of proxy servers.

 

 

Approved 09/07/96             
Reviewed 11/15/21                   
Revised 09/19/12

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:18

605.6R2 - Safety Guidelines for Students

605.6R2 - Safety Guidelines for Students
  • Never give out your last name, address, phone number, age, school, or where you hang out. Tell your parents or an adult if someone asks for this information.
  • Choose a nickname/username that is appropriate and does not include your real name.
  • Never share your password with anyone.
  • Never agree to meet in person with anyone you have met online unless you first have the approval of a parent or guardian.
  • Notify an adult immediately if you receive a message that may be inappropriate or if you encounter any material that violates the Acceptable Use Policy.
  • Your parents should instruct you if there is additional material that they think would be inappropriate for you to access. The JCSD expects you to follow your parent’s wishes in this matter.  Remember that everything you read online may not be true.
  • Never respond to messages that are obscene, threatening, or make you feel uncomfortable. If you receive a threatening email, do not delete it. Tell an adult and they can contact your service provider for assistance in tracing it.
  • Don’t say anything in text that you wouldn’t want the public to know.
  • If someone in a chat room says or does something inappropriate, block them and do not respond.
  • Do not pretend to be someone you are not.
  • Do not cyberbully. Do not say mean and rude things.

 

BE GOOD DIGITAL CITIZENS

Technology makes it easy and fast to access and post information online. Stop and think before you type. Are you being a good digital citizen?

- Don’t search for illegal, crude, rude, or inappropriate things.

- Don’t harass other students through blogs

- Don’t copyright infringe or plagiarize, or download anything illegally.

- If you ever have to think if the site you want to use is appropriate, it probably is not.

- Never post personal information, such as your full name, phone number, address, where you

   work, etc. Google yourself. Would you want a future employer to see what you find? Could

   someone find you based on your online information?

- Think before you type. Would you say it to their face?

- Evaluate web content. Everything on the internet is not true.

- Know when it is appropriate to play online games or access non-educational sites.

 

 

Approved 09/07/96                   
Reviewed 11/15/21                               
Revised 7/19/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:19

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the “fair use” doctrine.  Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met.

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district’s copying procedures and obey the requirement of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district’s procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the Superintendent who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  17 U.S.C. 101 et al. (2006)
                                         281 I.A.C. 12.3 (12)

Cross Reference:  605.6 Internet Appropriate Use

Approved_11/8/10__________             
Reviewed_11/15/21______________    
Revised_____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:26

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:28

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

It shall be within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping shall take place.  The board may review the class sizes annually.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (1995).

Cross Reference:  606.6  Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved 10/9/95                
Reviewed   11/15/21                
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:28

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

The district will provide and maintain a suitable flagstaff at each school site and raise the Iowa and United States flags each school day as weather conditions permit.  The district will display the United States flag and administer the Pledge of Allegiance in each 1st through 12th grade classroom on school days.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
                                       Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
                                       Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
                                       Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
                                       Iowa Code § 279.8, 280.5.

Cross Reference:  603       Instructional Curriculum
                                       604.5    Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

Approved 10/9/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21             
Revised  11/15/21                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:28

606.3 - Animals in the Classroom

606.3 - Animals in the Classroom

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  507  Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 10/9/95     
Reviewed  11/15/21                    
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:30

606.4 - Student Production of Materials and Services

606.4 - Student Production of Materials and Services

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district.  Materials and services produced by students at the student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  408.2  Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Approved 10/9/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:30

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

 The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  The school district will provide transportation for field trips and excursions.

In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  The superintendent's approval will be required for field trips and excursions outside the state.  Board approval will be required for field trips and excursions which involve unusual length or expense.

Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance.  A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee.  The school district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed.  Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (1993).
                                       Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Cross Reference:  503.1  Student Conduct
                                       503.4  Good Conduct Rule
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       711    Transportation

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                  
Revised  10/9/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:31

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

Insufficient classroom space shall be determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy shall be reviewed by the board annually.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Cross Reference:  103     Educational and Operational Planning
                                       501.15  Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
                                       606.1   Class Size - Class Grouping

Approved 10/9/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21                     
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:32

606.7 - Foreign Study

606.7 - Foreign Study

The Board of Directors recognizes that study programs outside the country are sometimes desirable and justifiable.

Plans for such study programs must be approved in advance by the Board of Directors.  Separate approval shall be gained for each trip.  Trips that do not have Board approval are not the responsibility of the school and are no way associated with the school.

Proper insurance and liability protection must be guaranteed for the protection and safety of participants.  The school system can in no way be placed in a position of personal liability.

There should be no monetary profit motive for any school employee.  Bookkeeping shall be available for public view.

 

 

Approved  7/10/89                   
Reviewed 11/15/21      
Revised       1/11/93

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:33

606.8 - Homework

606.8 - Homework

Homework should be an integral and relevant part of every student's instructional program.  It should be used consistently throughout the grades and classes.

Homework is defined to be the extra-class activities and assignments which may properly be considered as extensions and enrichment of the regular classroom instructional program.

The purpose of carefully assigned homework should be:

  • practicing research and exploratory activities,
  • sharing and discussing ideas,
  • reviewing and summarizing materials studied,
  • becoming acquainted with references and resource materials,
  • organizing students' thoughts and thinking processes in preparation for classroom activities, and
  • making up incomplete course or subject assignments.

The superintendent or his/her designee is directed to develop rules and regulations for the assignment of homework for students in grades K-12.

 

 

Approved  7/10/89                
Reviewed 11/15/21                   
Revised  1/11/93   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:34

606.9 - Outside Resource People

606.9 - Outside Resource People

The Board of Directors recognizes that the people of the community are one of the greatest resources of the school system, and that they have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the school program.  The Board of Directors therefore encourages the use of community resources and citizens to assist in furthering the educational program.  Use of outside personnel and resources shall be under regulations approved by the superintendent of schools. 

As a matter of courtesy, the classroom teacher shall notify the building principal of a visiting speaker at least one week before the expected visit takes place.

 

 

Approved: 7/10/89        
Reviewed 11/15/21                                                          
Revised ________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:34

606.10 - Performance Testing for Classroom Credit

606.10 - Performance Testing for Classroom Credit

In meeting the needs of the students, the Board may grant credit by performance testing for course work which is ordinarily included in the school curriculum.  Students wishing to receive credit by testing shall have the approval of the superintendent prior to taking the test.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code 256.11 (1989)
                                          281 Iowa Admin. Code 12.5(19)  (new standards)

Cross Reference:  Graduation Requirements
                                          Testing Program

Approved:  7/10/89       
Reviewed  11/15/21     
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:37

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:38

607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

 The board shall provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor shall be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program shall be coordinated with the education program and involve licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 622.10 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); .5(21).

Cross Reference:  506    Student Records
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum
                                       604.4  Program for At-Risk Students

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                   
Revised  10/9/95  
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:38

607.2 - Student Health Services

607.2 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs, and resources determine the linkages.

Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.  

  • Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided.  Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.  
  • Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening.  
  • Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services.  Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, health advisory committee, public health nurse, school health team, etc. will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

The school district will annually notify parents of physical exams or screenings conducted on students except for vision, hearing or scoliosis.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et  seq. 
                                       34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq.
                                       29 U.S.C. § 794(a)
                                       28 C.F.R. 35
                                       20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq..
                                       Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 279; 280.23 . 
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8
                                       282 I.A.C. 22.
                                       641 I.A.C. 7.
                                       655 I.A.C. 6

Cross Reference:  501.04                Entrance - Admissions
                                   505.04              Testing Program
                                        
507.02                Administration of Medication to Students
                                        
507.02-E(1)    Administration of Medication to Students - Authorization - Epinephrine, Asthma, Airway Constricting or Respiratory Distress
                                                                       Medication Self-Administration Consent Form
                                        
507.02-E(2)     Administration of Medication to Students - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Students

Approved  7/10/89               
Reviewed 11/15/21, 10/11/22               
Revised  02/15/10, 10/11/22

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:39

607.3 - Accountability Test Integrity/Test Preparation

607.3 - Accountability Test Integrity/Test Preparation

The Janesville School District is committed to ensuring the integrity of the information obtained from the use of educational assessments.  This policy is intended to apply to two assessments in particular; the assessment used to meet the reporting requirement under the No Child Left behind Act and the assessment used to meet the reporting requirements for the Annual Progress Report to the Iowa Department of Education.

The purpose of this policy is to identify procedures that can ensure assessment results are truly representative of the achievement of students in our district.  It is also our intent to create awareness of the potential negative impact that inappropriate assessment practices might produce, to outline processes to be followed, and to identify the potential consequences of violating the policy.  If test scores become questionable because of inappropriate practices in either preparing students or in administering tests, the meaning of the scores will be distorted and their value for their original purpose will be diminished or lost.

 

APPOINTMENT OF DISTRICT TEST COORDINATOR

The district shall appoint a District Test Coordinator, who may in turn delegate responsibility for testing-related functions to one or more Building Test Coordinators.  The District Test Coordinator is the Superintendent.  The District Test Coordinator is responsible for storing materials from Iowa Testing Programs in a secure area with restricted access both prior to and after testing period.

 

TEST PREPARATION

As a function of educating students, staff may prepare students for assessments by providing instruction in the content areas to be assessed.  Staff may also prepare students for assessments by teaching general test-taking skills that are applicable to any test or test format.

Staff shall not conduct reviews or drills that use actual test items or identical format items of the accountability assessments, use copies of tests from previous years, or review test-specific curriculum content with students at any time.

 

ADMINISTRATION OF TESTS

In the administration of standardized tests, it is a violation of test security to do any of the following:

          1. Provide inappropriate test preparation such as any of the following:

a. Copy, reproduce, or use in any manner any portion of any secure test booklet, for any reason.

b. Share an actual test instrument in any form.

c. Use test preparation materials or strategies developed specifically for Annual Progress Reporting or the Annual Yearly Progress report.

          2. Deviate from the test administration procedures specified in the test examiner’s      manual.

          3. Provide inappropriate assistance to students during the test administration.

          4. Make test answers available to students.

          5. Change or fill in answers on student answer documents.

          6. Provide inaccurate data on student answer documents.

          7. Engage in any practice to artificially raise student scores without actually improving underlying student achievement.

          8. Participate in, direct, aid, counsel, assist, encourage, or fail to report any of the acts prohibited in this policy.

After testing is completed, test booklets are to be returned according to procedures established by the District Test Coordinator.

 

CONSEQUENCES OF POLICY VIOLATIONS

If a violation of this policy occurs, as determined by the Superintendent following an investigation of allegations of irregularities, the Superintendent shall determine whether the integrity of the testing program has been jeopardized, whether some or all of the test results are invalidated, and whether a teacher or administrator has violated the Code of Ethics of the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners as found at 282---Iowa Administrative Code chapter 25.

Reports of students cheating on assessments shall be submitted to the building principal for investigation and disciplinary procedures.

A staff member found to have committed testing irregularities shall be subject to discipline in accordance with law and Board policy.  If the staff member is a licensee of the Board of Educational Examiners, the Superintendent shall make a timely report to that Board.

If the Superintendent believes that assessment results are invalid, the Superintendent shall make a timely report to the Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Approved_____________                
Reviewed 11/15/21  
Revised______________ 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/04/2023 - 10:53

700 - NONINSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS SERVICES

700 - NONINSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS SERVICES dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:27

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program.

It shall be the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                                            
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:28

701 - Financial Accounting System

701 - Financial Accounting System dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:31

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

 

 Each year, at its annual meeting, the board shall designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories.  The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository shall be stated in the resolution.  The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 279.33 (1995).

Cross Reference:  210.1  Annual Meeting
                                       206.4  Treasurer [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
     
                                  704.1  Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21            
Revised 03/08/10 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:32

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

 When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

If all requirements for district use of funds calculated under the teacher leadership supplement are met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination.

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 257.10, 279.8; 279.42; 298A.
                                       289 I.A.C. 6

Cross Reference:  701.3    Financial Records
                                       703         Budget
                                       704.2    Sale of Bonds

Approved   07/10/89                           
Reviewed  11/15/21                 
Revised  11/15/21                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:32

701.3 - Financial Records

701.3 - Financial Records

Financial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.  School district monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account.  The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:

Governmental fund type:

          ·        General fund

          ·        Special revenue fund

                    --Management levy fund

                    --Public education and recreation levy fund

                    --Student activity fund

          ·        Capital projects fund

                    --Physical plant and equipment levy fund (PPEL)

                    _Secure an Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)

          ·        Debt service fund

Proprietary fund type:

          ·        Enterprise fund

                    --School nutrition fund

                    --Child care fund

          ·        Internal service fund

Fiduciary funds:

          ·        Trust                           

                    --Expendable trust funds

                    --Nonexpendable trust funds                                   

                    --Agency funds

                    --Pension trust funds

Account groups:

          ·        General fixed assets account group

          ·        General long-term debt account group

The general fund is used primarily for the education program.  Special revenue funds are used to account for monies restricted to a specific use by law.  Capital projects funds are used to account for financial resources to acquire or construct major capital facilities (other than those of proprietary funds and trust funds) and to account for revenues from SAVE.  A debt service fund is used to account for the accumulation of resources for, and the payment of, general long-term debt principal and interest.  Proprietary funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business, and they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis.  Fiduciary funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity.  The account groups are the accounting records for fixed assets and long-term debt.

The Board may establish other funds in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and may certify other taxes to be levied for funds as provided by state law.  The status of each fund must be included in the annual report.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school’s district's financial records to the attention of the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 298A (2003).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
                                       705       Expenditures

Approved  7/12/05                          
Reviewed   11/15/21                                                                    
Revised  2/13/17                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:34

701.5 Financial Metrics

701.5 Financial Metrics

The following relevant PK-12 public sector indicators will be provided to the Board annually to better understand the financial trends of the district.  These indicators will be an accurate depiction as of June 30th of the preceding fiscal year and will depict at a minimum of three years of data.  

  • Total revenues and expenditures by fund and major sources; 
  • Financial Solvency Ratio - assigned plus unassigned fund balances divided by total revenue minus AEA flow through;
  • Unspent Authorized Budget Ratio - amount of maximum spending authority left at year end after deducting the general fund expenditures incurred during the year;
  • Unspent Authorized Balance Ratio Net of Restricted Fund Balances (Categorical Fund Balances) - amount of maximum spending authority left at year end after deducting both the general fund expenditures incurred during the year and the total restricted fund balances (categorical fund balances) at year end;
  • Enrollment Trend - funding follows the student so it is important to understand district enrollment numbers;
  • Staff costs as a percent of total general fund. 

Financial Projections
Five-year financial projections of the general fund will be prepared and updated annually. The general fund is the operating fund of the district where the majority of salaries and benefits are funded.  Projections will help the board determine sustainability of the annual operating budget and help make future budgetary decisions.

The District is committed to utilizing the following financial metrics in determining district financial goals:

  1. Unspent Authorized Budget Ratio:  Maintain unspent authorized budget ratio within the 10-15% target range. The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the Board before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized for the succeeding year.
  2. Unspent Authorized Budget Net of Restricted Fund Balances (Categorical Balances): The district will attempt to spend the restricted (categorical) annual allocation in the year received to the extent possible.
  3. Solvency Ratio: Maintain an unrestricted, uncommitted general fund balance within 10-15% target range with 7% being a minimum goal.  The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the Board before establishing the succeeding year’s cash reserve levy and before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized.

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 257.31

Finance Program - Committee

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code § 257.7

Authorized Expenditures

 

 

Approved  12/15/23                                 Reviewed   12/15/23                                                                           Revised  

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 03/18/2024 - 11:07

702 - Cash In School Buildings

702 - Cash In School Buildings

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day shall be sufficient for that day's operations.  Funds raised by students shall be kept in the central administrative office.

A minimal amount of cash shall be kept in the central administration office at the close of the day.  Excess cash is deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations and to comply with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  701.1  Depository of Funds
                                     704    Revenue

Approved  12/11/95   
Reviewed 11/15/21           
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:35

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:36

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.

A budget for the school district shall be prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 15 deadline each year.

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public shall be apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community shall have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board shall be held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 15.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least ten (10) days but no more than twenty (20) days prior to the public hearing.

The board shall adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 15.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and other proper authorities.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618 (2003).

Cross Reference:  214  Public Hearings
                                       703  Budget
                                       704  Revenue
                                       705  Expenditures

Approved  7/10/89            
Reviewed 11/15/21                                 
Revised  7/12/05 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:36

703.2 - Spending Plan

703.2 - Spending Plan

The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 24.9 (2003).

Cross Reference:  703  Budget
                                       704  Revenue

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                  
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:38

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:39

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

Revenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district shall promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.

Revenue, from whatever source, shall be accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources shall not be used for private gain or political purposes.

Tuition fees received by the school district shall be deposited in the general fund.  The tuition fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set by the board based upon the superintendent's recommendation in compliance with current law.  Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education shall be set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district shall be deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities are deposited in the general fund.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the PPEL fund.  The proceeds from the sale of other school district property shall be placed in the general fund.

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

  • Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;
  • Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;
  • Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;
  • Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;
  • Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;
  • Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;
  • Food service and sales; and,
  • Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 257.2; 279.8; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, .13; 297.9-.12, .22; 301.1 (2003).

Cross Reference:  701.1  Depository of Funds
                                       703      Budget
                                       803      Selling and Leasing
                                       905      Use of
School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved  7/10/89                 
Reviewed 11/15/21                             
Revised  7/12/05 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:39

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings

The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

 

Debt Limits

For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.

For revenue debt, the school districts goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.

In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (conduit borrower) to make payments to investors.

 

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

Capital Planning

To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.

 

Capital Financing

The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue.  The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

 

Working Capital Financing

The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows.  The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred.  A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

 

Refundings

Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.

In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved.  Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions.  Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

 

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

Length of Debt

Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users.  Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed.  All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

 

Debt Structure

Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source.  To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.

Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt.  In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law.  The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.

The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.

 

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt

Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.

Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

Financial AnalysisStability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.

Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.

Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

 

DEBT ISSUANCE

Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

 

Costs and Fees

All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.

 

Method of Sale

Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process.  Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.

The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

 

Professional Service Providers

The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues.  All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status.  The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

The school district will retain an independent financial advisor.  The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue.  The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs.  These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.

 

DEBT MANAGEMENT

Investment of Debt Proceeds

The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school districts consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture.  Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

 

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance

The treasurer shall maintain a system of record keeping reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

Federal tax compliance, record-keeping reporting and compliance procedures shall include not shall not be limited to:

1)      post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);

2)      proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;

3)      investments and arbitrage compliance;

4)      expenditures and assets;

5)      private business use; and

6)      designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

 

Financial Disclosure

The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information.  The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated  by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A (2013).

Cross Reference:  701       Financial Accounting System
                                       704       Revenue

Approved  7/15/13                                 
Reviewed     11/15/21                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:40

704.3 - Post-Issuance Compliance Policy for Tax-Exempt Obligations

704.3 - Post-Issuance Compliance Policy for Tax-Exempt Obligations

1.  Compliance Coordinator:

a)         The School Business Official ("Coordinator") shall be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance.

b)         The Coordinator will maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations.  Coordinator will obtain such records as are necessary to meet the requirements of this policy.

c)         The Coordinator shall consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this policy.

d)         Training and education of Coordinator will be sought and implemented upon the occurrence of new developments and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this policy.

2.  Financing Transcripts.  The Coordinator shall confirm the proper filing of an 8038 Series return, and maintain a transcript of proceedings for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the District, including but not limited to all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts.  Each transcript shall be maintained until eleven (11) years after the tax-exempt obligation it documents has been retired.  Said transcript shall include, at a minimum:

            a)         Form 8038s;

            b)         minutes, resolutions, and certificates;

            c)         certifications of issue price from the underwriter;

            d)         formal elections required by the IRS;

            e)         trustee statements;

            f)          records of refunded bonds, if applicable;

            g)         correspondence relating to bond financings; and

            h)         reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.    

3.  Proper Use of Proceeds.  The Coordinator shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the District, and that the District shall:

a)         obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the District’s financial advisor; 

b)         create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;

c)         review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;

d)         determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate, and if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund if applicable);

e)         maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;

f)          maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;

g)         ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;

h)         identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments does not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;

i)          maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions, and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds;

4.  Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance.  The Coordinator shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the District and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this policy, above, and shall:

a)         monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;

b)         if the District does not meet the “small issuer” exception for said obligation, monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate;

c)         not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant if the District will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate; and

d)         in the event the District fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:

i.          procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;

ii.         arrange for timely computation and payment of “yield reduction payments” (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

5.  Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets.  The Coordinator shall: 

a)         maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;

b)         with respect to each bond financed asset, the Coordinator will monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed:

             i.         management contracts,

             ii.        service agreements,

            iii.        research contracts,

            iv.        naming rights contracts,

             v.        leases or sub-leases,

            vi.        joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements,

            vii.       sale of property; or

            viii.      any other change in use of such asset;

c)         maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three (3) years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and

d)         In the event the District takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met, the Coordinator shall contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12.

6.  General Project Records.  For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the Coordinator shall maintain, until three (3) years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

            a)         appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies,

            b)         applications, approvals and other documentation of grants,

            c)         depreciation schedules,

            d)         contracts respecting the project.

 

 

Approved  05/07/18                
Reviewed 11/15/21         
Revised_________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:43

704.4 - Investments

704.4 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:

  • To provide safety of the principal;
  • To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  • To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

In making investments, the school district shall exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less.  When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
  • Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities; and,
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to bring a contract with an outside person to invest school district funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the board for review and approval.  The treasurer will also provide the board with information about and verification of the outside person's fiduciary bond.  Contracts with outside persons will include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the school district within thirty days of any material weakness in internal structure or regulatory orders or sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the school district and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of the school district audit.  The compensation of the outside persons shall not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio.

The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities.  The report will also include trend lines by month over the last year and year-to-year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio.  It will also be the responsibility of the treasurer to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the school district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district.

It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices.  The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123 (2001).

Cross Reference:  206.4  Treasurer
                                       704      Revenue

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:46

704.5 - Gifts-Grants-Bequests

704.5 - Gifts-Grants-Bequests

 The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district.  The board will have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests are approved by the board.  Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district, become the property of the school district.  Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6 (2003).

Cross Reference:  217      Gifts to Board of Directors
                                       402.4  Gifts to Employees
                                       508.1  Class or Student Group Gifts

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  11/15/21                                            
Revised  12/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:49

704.6 - Student Activities Fund

704.6 - Student Activities Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund.  This revenue is the property of and is under the financial control of the board.  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the superintendent or building principal.

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the superintendent or building principal.  They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class account balances will automatically revert to the Graduated Class Account when a class graduates.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  504  Student Activities
                                       701  Financial Accounting System

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21           
Revised  7/12/05 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:51

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:52

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

The board supports economic development in Iowa.  Purchases by the school district will be made in Iowa for Iowa goods and services from a locally-owned business located within the school district or from an Iowa-based company which offers these goods or services if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and they meet the required specifications.

Prior to August 15 of each year and after analyzing the school district's anticipated procurement level for the current fiscal year, the school board will set a goal of ten percent of the anticipated procurement level to be purchased from certified targeted small businesses.  In determining the procurement level, the cost of utilities (heat, electricity, telephone and natural gas) and employees' costs will not be included.  After the goal has been established, the superintendent shall file the required Targeted Small Business Procurement form with the Department of Education by August 15.

By July 31 of each year, the superintendent will file a report with the Department of Education outlining purchases of goods and services from targeted small businesses for the previous fiscal year.

The school board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses which are not certified with the Department of Inspections and Appeals to become certified targeted small businesses.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those authorized by or requiring direct board action.  The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks.  Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without competitive bids for goods and services costing under $5,000 without prior board approval.  For goods and services costing more than $5,000 and less than $100,000, the superintendent will receive quotes of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board.  Competitive sealed bids are required for purchases, other than emergency purchases, for goods and services that cost $100,000 or more, including construction contracts and school buses.

The purchase will be made from the lowest responsible bidder based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, the targeted small business procurement goal and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise.  If it is determined that a targeted small business which bid on the project may be unable to perform the contract, the superintendent will notify the Department of Economic Development.  The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the board deems in the best interests of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:                                    261 I.A.C. 54.
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.25.
                                       481 I.A.C. 25.
                                       1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 115.
                                       1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.
Iowa Code §§ 18.6(9); 23A; 28E.20; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285.10(3), .10(7); 301 (2003).
     

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures
                                       801.4  Site Acquisition
                                       802      Maintenance, Operation and Management
                                       803      Selling and Leasing

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21              
Revised  02/13/17

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:52

705.1R1 - Purchasing-Bidding-Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.1R1 - Purchasing-Bidding-Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities. 

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract: 

  1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
  2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
  3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/reports/awards/standard to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.  

  

2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures

A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)  It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.

  

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 26

Bidding

Iowa Code  § 285

Transportation Aid

Iowa Code  § 28E

Joint Exercise of Government Power

Iowa Code  § 297

School Houses/Sites

Iowa Code  § 301

Textbooks

Iowa Code  § 73A

Public Contracts and Bonds

Iowa Code § 73

Preferences

Iowa Code §72.3

Divulging Contents of Sealed Bids

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

261 I.A.C. 54

Economical Development - Iowa TSB Program

281 I.A.C. 43.25

Transportation - Purchasing

Cross References

Code

Description

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

801.04

Site Acquisition

802.03

Emergency Repairs

803.01

Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.02

Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved  10/15/24     Reviewed _________             Revised  _________ 

                 

 

 

JANESVILLE CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD POLICY

 

todd.foelske@j… Fri, 10/18/2024 - 13:59

705.1R2 - Purchasing-Bidding-Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

705.1R2 - Purchasing-Bidding-Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.  When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1) 
No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest.  Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract.  District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts.  However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)
Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate. 

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321
The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.

The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:
2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. 

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be affected and the basis for settlement. 

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal 

Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” 

(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. 

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. 

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. 

(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. 

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. 

(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

§200.216 Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment

(a)    The district is prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to: 

  1. Procure or obtain;
  2. Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
  3. Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system.  As described in Public law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). 

           i.    For purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunication equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
           ii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment.
          iii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence of the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned by or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a foreign country. 
(b)    In implementing the prohibition under Public Law 115-232, section 889, subsection (f), paragraph (l), heads of executive agencies administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available  funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.
(c)    See Public Law 115-232, section 889 for additional information.
(d)    See also §200.471.
  

 

 

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 26

Bidding

Iowa Code  § 285

Transportation Aid

Iowa Code  § 28E

Joint Exercise of Government Power

Iowa Code  § 297

School Houses/Sites

Iowa Code  § 301

Textbooks

Iowa Code  § 73A

Public Contracts and Bonds

Iowa Code § 73

Preferences

Iowa Code §72.3

Divulging Contents of Sealed Bids

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

261 I.A.C. 54

Economical Development - Iowa TSB Program

281 I.A.C. 43.25

Transportation - Purchasing

Cross References

Code

Description

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

801.04

Site Acquisition

802.03

Emergency Repairs

803.01

Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.02

Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved  10/15/24     Reviewed _________             Revised  _________ 

                 

 

 

JANESVILLE CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD POLICY

todd.foelske@j… Fri, 10/18/2024 - 14:02

705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

Generally, the school district will not purchase items on behalf of employees.  The school district may in unusual and unique circumstances do so.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.

No purchase shall be made unless the employee has paid the school district prior to the order being placed and the employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other expenses due.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  703  Budget

Approved 12/11/95   
Reviewed  11/15/21         
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:55

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance of warrants for payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the warrants after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy and the claims audited by the board.

Claims for payment of freight, drayage, express, postage, printing, water, lights, telephone, rents, and payment of salaries pursuant to the terms of a written contract may be paid by the board secretary prior to formal audit and approval by the board.  In addition, the secretary, upon approval of the board president, may issue warrants for approved registrations, claims offering a discount for early payment, approved travel expenses, and other verified bills filed with the secretary when the board is not in session prior to payment of these claims and prior to audit and approval by the board.  The board secretary shall examine the claims and verify bills.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III § 31.
                                       Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).

                                       Iowa
Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5) (2003).
                                       281  I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                       1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102, 160, 720.
                                       1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 130, 180, 392, 456, 651.
                                       1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.Iowa Constitution, Art. III § 31.

Cross Reference:  705  Expenditures

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21            
Revised  11/11/13 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:56

705.4 - Purpose of Non-instructional and Business Services

705.4 - Purpose of Non-instructional and Business Services

The board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community.  The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner.  Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district.  If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.    

Individuals who have concerns about the public purpose of a purchase or reimbursement should utilize the district’s Internal Controls policy and regulation as a resource for questioning a purchase.  Concerns should be reported to the superintendent and/or the board president.  

The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds.  The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds.  To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds.  Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies.  All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.

Additional guidance regarding appropriate expenditures of school funds is provided in the regulation accompanying this policy
  

NOTE:  All use of public funds should directly serve a public purpose in a clear and transparent manner.  Districts should consider what purchasing and reimbursement flexibility is needed for their district and apply all restrictions equally.  

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Constitution Art. III, sec. 31; 
Iowa Code §§ 68A.505; 279.8; 721.2.
281 I.A.C. 98.70

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 68A.505

Campaign Finance - Use of Public Money

Iowa Code  § 721.2

Misconduct in Office - Nonfeloniuos

Iowa Constitution

Iowa Constitution

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 98

Education - Categorical Funding

Iowa Constitution

Description

Iowa Constitution

Art. III, § 31

Cross References

Code

Description

401.07

Employee Travel Compensation

704.01

Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

704.05

Student Activities Fund

705.01

Purchasing – Bidding

705.01-R(1)

Purchasing – Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.01-R(2)

Purchasing – Bidding - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

705.03

Payment for Goods and Services

707.05

Internal Controls

707.05-R(1)

Internal Controls - Procedures

905.01

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

905.01-R(1)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Regulation

905.01-R(2)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Fees Schedule

905.01-E(1)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Application Form

905.01-E(2)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

Approved  10/15/24      Reviewed___________             Revised  ___________

             

 

 

JANESVILLE CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD POLICY

todd.foelske@j… Fri, 10/18/2024 - 06:59

705.4R1 - Expenditures for a Public Purpose-Use of Public Funds Regulation

705.4R1 - Expenditures for a Public Purpose-Use of Public Funds Regulation

The following is a list of examples organized by activity for what is allowable, or not allowable as a purchase/reimbursement using public funds.  This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed here.  Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds.  

Reimbursements to an Individual 

  • Use of Credit/Procurement Card:  All purchases through a district-owned credit or procurement card shall be pre-approved and comply with the district’s policy 705.02 – Credit and Procurement Cards.
     
  • Mileage:  Individuals who are required to travel (other than to and from work) as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for mileage costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
     
  • Travel accommodations:  Employees who are required to travel and stay overnight as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
     
  • Alcohol:  Alcohol is a personal expense and is never allowable for purchase or reimbursement using public funds.
     
  • Food/Refreshments:  Food and refreshments are typically a personal expense.  Meetings spanning meal times should be avoided when possible.  When a district meeting is required to take place spanning a customary meal time, the superintendent or designee shall determine whether food and/or refreshment will be provided to employees whose presence is required during the meeting.  The cost of food and refreshment for employees shall be reasonable, and when possible, a separate itemized receipt for each employee is required.  If an itemized receipt is not available, approval is required by the school business official prior to reimbursement.  In all cases, the names and number of employees shall be noted on the receipt.  
     
  • Apparel/Personal Items:  Apparel and personal items including, but not limited to items such as t-shirts, hats, mugs, etc. provide personal benefit to individuals and are a personal expense.  These items shall not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.  
     
  • Gifts:  Gift cards or gifts given to individuals are personal expenses and public funds should not be used (except for recognition/staff retirement, listed below) for these purposes.  Voluntary collections from staff would be an acceptable way of purchasing gifts.
     
  • Retirement and Recognition Gifts:  Recognizing an employee or volunteer’s years of dedication to educating the community and commitment to the district serves a public purpose by honoring individuals with a token gift, or honorarium, in recognition of their service.  The same is true for individual awards, mementos, or items purchased in recognition of employee service to the district.  These purchases may use public funds, provided the expenditures are modest and approved by the superintendent.  
     
  • Honoraria:  District employees may at times receive an honorarium from an outside source as compensation for the employee’s time devoted to preparing and delivering a presentation within the scope of their professional field.  Honorariums may only be accepted by employees when the employee has used their personal time outside of their work for the district to prepare and deliver the presentation.  If the employee uses district time or resources to prepare or deliver a presentation, any honorarium shall be given to the district.  
     
  • Break Room Supplies:  The purchase of perishable or disposable supplies for employee break rooms is primarily designed for individual consumption and is a personal expense.  This includes items such as coffee, coffee filters, plates, cups, spoons, napkins, etc.  

Supplies for Public Areas 

  • Limited refreshments such as water and coffee may be available in public reception areas of the district including, but not limited to the central office, the building administrator’s office, etc.  These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.

Staff Parties/Receptions 

  • Parties and receptions to benefit individual staff members are considered a personal expense and should not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.  This includes but is not limited to holiday parties.
     
  • Hosting a group reception to honor all employees retiring from the district in a given school year is allowable as a public expense. Hosting a retirement reception provides a direct benefit to the community as an opportunity for the community to attend and honor the retiring employees’ years of dedication and service to the district.

School/ Student Activity Banquets 

  • School/student activity banquets are typically a personal expense and will not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds unless the public purpose is submitted for review and pre-approved by the superintendent.

Memorial Gifts 

  • Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations are allowable as a public expense if they have been approved by the superintendent.  Memorial cards are always appropriate.
     
  • Memorial gifts of any sort other than flowers and a card are a personal expense.

Student Incentives 

  • It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students.  These awards should be designed to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district.  Awards should not be gift cards or other monetary awards.
     
  • Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal.  

Meetings 

  • To the extent possible, meetings which span normal meal times should be avoided.  
     
  • Meetings of the district’s board of directors and board committees are made up of individuals who volunteer a large amount of their personal time to serve the needs of the school community.  These meetings are also scheduled at time most convenient for the public, and often span normal meal hours.  Food and refreshment purchased for board members is an acceptable use of public funds.  The service of these unpaid volunteers directly benefits the entire school community.  The superintendent has discretion to purchase/reimburse reasonable expenses for providing food and refreshment to these unpaid volunteers during these meetings.  

Some expenditures will be considered personal expenses regardless of the context.  These include purchase or reimbursement of alcohol, and personal items not included as retirement or memorial gifts listed above.  
  

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 68A.505

Campaign Finance - Use of Public Money

Iowa Code  § 721.2

Misconduct in Office - Nonfeloniuos

Iowa Constitution

Iowa Constitution

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 98

Education - Categorical Funding

Iowa Constitution

Description

Iowa Constitution

Art. III, § 31

Cross References

Code

Description

401.07

Employee Travel Compensation

704.01

Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

704.05

Student Activities Fund

705.01

Purchasing – Bidding

705.01-R(1)

Purchasing – Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.01-R(2)

Purchasing – Bidding - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

705.03

Payment for Goods and Services

707.05

Internal Controls

707.05-R(1)

Internal Controls - Procedures

905.01

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

905.01-R(1)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Regulation

905.01-R(2)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Fees Schedule

905.01-E(1)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Application Form

905.01-E(2)

Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved  10/15/24     Reviewed _________             Revised  _________ 

                 

 

 

JANESVILLE CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD POLICY

todd.foelske@j… Fri, 10/18/2024 - 14:04

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:58

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

The payroll period for the school district is monthly.  Employees are paid on the 20th day of each month.  If this day is a holiday, recess, or weekend, the payroll is paid on the last working day prior to the holiday, recess or weekend.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll periods of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 91A.2(4), .3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  706.2  Payroll Deductions

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21          
Revised  7/12/05 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:58

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

 Ease of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, social security, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System.

Employees may elect to have payments withheld for professional dues, district-related and mutually agreed upon group insurance coverage, flex medical spending accounts, dependent care spending accounts, and/or tax sheltered annuity programs.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent.  Requests for purchase or change of tax-sheltered annuities may be made by 25th of the previous month.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll deductions of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .15-.16; 422 (2003).

Cross Reference:  406.6  Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs
                                       412.4  Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs
                                       706.1  Payroll Periods

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21             
Revised  7/12/05 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 10:59

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

  • the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
  • the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
  • the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or
  • the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a)
                                       29 C.F.R. Part 541

Cross References:  409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
                                   ​​​​414.8    Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approve  7/12/05                
Received   11/15/21                                
Revised                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:00

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa Wage Payment Collection Act.  The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.

Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the superintendent.   Within 15 business days of receiving the complaint, the superintendent will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made.

This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.

 

 

Approved    7/12/05               
Received     11/15/21               
Revised         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:02

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:02

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

 The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary
                                       210.1  Annual Meeting
                                       707    Fiscal Reports

Approved  7/10/89                 
Reviewed 11/15/21                 
Revised                 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:02

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

 At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and schoolhouse funds.  This report is in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33 (2003).

Cross Reference:  206.4  Treasurer
                                       210.1  Annual Meeting
                                       707      Fiscal Reports

Approved  7/10/89                 
Reviewed 11/15/21                 
Revised                 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:03

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.Iowa Code § 279.35, .36; 618 (2003).
     

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary [or Secretary-Treasurer]

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed 11/15/21                                    
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:04

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

To review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 11.6 (2003).

Cross Reference:  701  Financial Accounting System
                                       707  Fiscal Reports

Approved  7/10/89                 
Reviewed 11/15/21                 
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:05

707.5 - Internal Controls

707.5 - Internal Controls

The Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor or the superintendent.  The superintendent [and/or an audit committee member] shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

Upon approval of the board, the superintendent, may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the school district’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial forensic/internal control/SAS99 audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  The superintendent shall ensure the State Auditor is notified of any suspected embezzlement or theft pursuant to Iowa law.  In the event, there is an investigation; records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.

 

 

Legal References:  American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L.
                                         No. 107-204.
                                         Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8 (2011).

Cross References:  401.12  Employee Use of Cell Phones
                                        707.6    Audit Committee

Approved __11/11/13________
Revised _11/15/21         
Reviewed  2/8/16__________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:05

707.5R1 - Internal Controls-Procedures

707.5R1 - Internal Controls-Procedures

Fraud, financial improprieties, or fiscal irregularities include, but are not limited to: 

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
  • Acting for purposes of personal financial gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
  • Providing false, inaccurate or misleading financial information to district administrators or the board of directors. 

The superintendent shall notify the State Auditor's office of any suspected fraud, embezzlement or financial irregularities as required by law.  The district will comply with all investigation procedures and scope as directed by the State Auditor's office. All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.  The superintendent may engage qualified independent auditors to assist in the investigation. 

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or board president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.
  

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code § 11

Auditor of State

Cross References

Code

Description

401.12

Employee Use of Cell Phones

401.12-R(1)

Employee Use of Cell Phones - Regulation

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

707.06

Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved  10/15/24     Reviewed _________             Revised  _________ 

                 

 

 

JANESVILLE CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD POLICY

todd.foelske@j… Fri, 10/18/2024 - 14:06

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

School district records shall be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records.  The following records shall be kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

  • Secretary's financial records                                                                       Permanently
  • Treasurer's financial records                                                                       Permanently
  • Minutes of the Board of Directors                                                            Permanently
  • Annual audit reports                                                                                        Permanently
  • Annual budget                                                                                                     Permanently
  • Permanent record of individual pupil                                                      Permanently
  • Records of payment of judgments against the school district     20 years
  • Bonds and bond coupons                                                                               10 years
  • Written contracts                                                                                                10 years
  • Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills,
    invoices, and related records                                                                        5 years
  • Recordings of closed meetings                                                                     1 year
  • Program grants                                                                                               As determined by the grant
  • Nonpayroll personnel records                                                                     7 years
  • Payroll records                                                                                                     3 years

Employees' records shall be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  The employees' records shall be maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other nonconsumable items other than real property of the school district shall be conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent.  This report shall be filed with the board secretary.

A perpetual inventory shall be maintained on consumable property of the school district.

 

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district shall be housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends.  Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault.  The building administrator shall be responsible for keeping these records current.  Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district shall be housed in the guidance office.  These records will be maintained by the superintendent.

The superintendent may microfilm or microfiche school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old.  A properly authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.

 

 

Legal Reference: City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).
                                      City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 22.3, .7; 279.8, .15, .16; 304 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary
                                       215      Board of Directors' Records
                                       401.5  Employee Records
                                       506      Student Records
                                       901      Public Examination of
School District Records

Approved  7/10/89      
Reviewed 11/15/21       
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:10

709 - Insurance Program

709 - Insurance Program

 The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will purchase insurance for the replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program shall be reviewed once every three years.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss would not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $ 1,000 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract.

The board may retain a private appraisal agency for inventory and appraisal value services.  An itemized statement of the appraised value of school district facilities shall be kept.  The approval shall be updated at least once every five years.  Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

Administration of the insurance program, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities shall be the responsibility of the superintendent.  The board secretary shall be responsible for maintaining property appraisals and inventories, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend, when necessary, the use of a private appraisal agency and make recommendations to the board for the purchase of additional insurance coverage.

 

 

Legal Reference:                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676. Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 517A.1; 670.7 (1995).
     
Iowa

Cross Reference:  205  Board Member Liability
                                       709  Insurance Program
                                       804  Safety Program

Approved 3/8/93                    
Reviewed 11/15/21             
Revised  12/11/95 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:17

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:18

710.1 - School Food Program

710.1 - School Food Program

 The school district will operate a school lunch [and breakfast] program in each attendance center.  The school food program services will include hot lunches through participation in the National School Lunch Program and supplementary foods for students during the school day.  Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.

School food service facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities.  They may also be used under the supervision of the head cook for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with board policy.

The school food program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school food program will be used only for paying the regular operating costs of the school food program.  Supplies of the school food program shall only be used for the school food program.

The board will set, and periodically review, the prices for school lunches, breakfast and special milk programs.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school lunch, breakfast and milk.

It shall be the responsibility of superintendent to administer the program and to cooperate with the head cook for the proper functioning of the school food program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1988).
                                       7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (1993).
                                       Code ch. 283A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 58.
Iowa

Cross Reference:  710  School Food Services
                                       905  Use of
School District Facilities and Equipment

Approved 7/10/89     
Reviewed  11/15/21                                        
Revised 05/10/10 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:18

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

 Students enrolled and attending school in the school district, who are unable to afford the special milk program, the cost or a portion of the cost of the school lunch, breakfast and supplemental foods, will be provided the school food program services at no cost or at a reduced cost.

It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to determine if a student qualifies for free or reduced cost school food services.  Students, whom the principal believes are improperly nourished, will not be denied the school food program services simply because the paperwork has not been completed.

Employees, students and others will be required to pay for meals consumed.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1988).
                                       7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (1993).
                                       Code ch. 283A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 58.
Iowa

Cross Reference:  710  School Food Services

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed  11/15/21              
Revised 05/10/10 
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:19

710.3 - Vending Machines

710.3 - Vending Machines

 Food served or purchased by students during the school day and food served or purchased for other than special circumstances shall be approved by the superintendent.  Vending machines in the school building shall be the responsibility of the building principal.  Purchases from the vending machines, other than juice machines, shall not be made during the lunch periods.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the use of vending machines and other sales of food to students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1988).
                                       7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq.  (1993).
                                       Code ch. 283A (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 58.
Iowa

Cross Reference:  504.5  Student Fund Raising
                                       710    School Food Services

Approved  12/11/95   
Reviewed  11/15/21                                               
Revised               
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:20

710.4 - Meal Charges

710.4 - Meal Charges

 In accordance with state and federal law, the Janesville Consolidated School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

 

Payment of Meals

Students have use of a meal account. When the balance reaches $10.00 a student may charge no more than $30.00 to this account. When an account reaches this limit, a student shall not be allowed to charge further meals or a la carte items until the negative account balance is paid. Parents and students shall put additional money in their lunch account by cash or check in the office.

Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases. Students with outstanding meal charge debt shall be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal when it is received.

 

Negative Account Balances

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. The school district will coordinate communications with families to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. Families will be notified of an outstanding negative balance once the negative balance $20.00.  Families will be notified by e-mail, telephone or mail. Negative balances of more than $20.00 not paid prior to end of school year will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent’s designee for collection. Options may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.

 

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy. 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information was communicated to households and staff will be retained.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
                                            
7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
                                      
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
                                       U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments (2016).
                                       U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
     
                                      Iowa Code 283A.
                                       281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710.1    School Food Program
                                       710.2    Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility
                                       710.3    Vending Machine

Approved      02/13/17                           
Reviewed       11/15/21                                                                        
Revised                   
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:21

711 - Transportation

711 - Transportation dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:24

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

 Elementary and middle school students living more than one mile from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers shall be entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services shall generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and shall be specified in the individualized education program or the individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

  • Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.
  • Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.
  • Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, shall be reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state.

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district shall follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, shall provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq. (1988).
                                         34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (1993).
                                         Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321 (1995).
                                         281 I.A.C. 41.98; 43.
Iowa

Cross Reference:  501.16  Homeless Children and Youth
                                         507.8   Student Special Health Services
                                         603.3   Special Education
                                         711       Transportation

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed  11/15/21          
Revised 08/12/96
 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:24

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

 Students utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle.  It is the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the building administrator.

The board supports the use of recording devices on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The recordings are student records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

After 3 warnings for bad conduct, the building principal will have the authority to suspend transportation privileges of the student or impose other appropriate discipline.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing school district transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321.

Cross Reference:  503         Student Discipline
                                         506         Student Records
                                         804.6    Use of Recording Devices on School Property

Approved 7/10/89            
Reviewed  11/15/21            
Revised 11/15/21                             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:25

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

All persons riding in school district vehicles shall adhere to the following rules.  The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student violations of this policy.  Video cameras may be in operation on the school buses.

 1.      Bus riders shall be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.

 2.      Bus riders shall wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.

 3.      Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.

 4.      Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.

 5.      All bus riders shall load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.

 6.      A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.

 7.      A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.

 8.      Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.

 9.      Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.

10.     Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.

11.     Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.

12.     Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.

13.     The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully.

14.     Students shall assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.                                          

15.     A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus shall pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.

16.     Students shall not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.

17.     Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.

18.     Students shall keep feet off the seats.

19.     Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.

20.     Students shall refrain from crowding or pushing.

21.     The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.

22.     The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.

 

 

Approved  12/11/95   
Reviewed 11/15/21          
Revised               

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:26

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

The board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other students to and from extracurricular events.

Students participating in extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent.  Students attending extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles.

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, shall ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless arrangements have been made with the building principal prior to the event.  A student's parent may personally appear and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to whether the school district shall provide the transportation authorized in this policy.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students who would qualify for such transportation, and other factors the board or superintendent deem relevant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321 (1995).     
                                       281 I.A.C. 41.8; 43.

Cross Reference:  504    Student Activities
                                       711    Transportation

Approved 7/10/89      
Reviewed  11/15/21            
Revised 05/10/10

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:27

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

The school district may use school vehicles for transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board annually regarding their use.

Transportation to and from the student's attendance center for summer school instructional programs shall be within the discretion of the board.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  603.2  Summer School Instruction
                                       711      Transportation

Approved 7/10/89        
Reviewed  11/15/21        
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:30

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education will be, transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students shall obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement shall be paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds shall be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students shall be determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students shall be billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing shall be according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students shall be subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16 (1995).

Cross Reference:  711  Transportation

Approved 7/10/89          
Reviewed 11/15/21                                
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:31

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

School district vehicles may be available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities within the state as long as the transportation does not interfere with or disrupt the education program of the school district and does not interfere with or delay the transportation of students.  The local nonprofit entity must pay the cost of using the school district vehicle as determined by the superintendent.  Prior to making the school district transportation vehicle available to the local nonprofit entity, the "school bus" signs shall be covered and the flashing warning lamps and the stop arm made inoperable.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for use of school district transportation vehicles to transport students and others to school-sponsored events within the state and for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles by local nonprofit entities for a nonschool-sponsored activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10) (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711  Transportation
                                       900  Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved 7/10/89            
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:31

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

The school district shall conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills once a year for students who utilize school district transportation.

Each school bus vehicle shall have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This shall include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

School district vehicle drivers are required to attend each safety drill.

Employees shall be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (1995).
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.40.

Cross Reference:  503      Student Discipline
                                       507      Student Health and Well-Being
                                       804.2  Warning System and Emergency Plans

Approved 12/11/95     
Reviewed 11/15/21               
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:32

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" decisions and reports of the drivers.

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other drivers and students will be notified by commercial radio when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by commercial radio, television and e-mail notification.  Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  601.2  School Day

Approved   8/15/05                  
Reviewed  11/15/21                  
Revised                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:33

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

 The board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health.  Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel.  The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §279.8 (2011).

Cross References:  403       Employee Health and Well-Being
                                         507       Student Health and Well-Being
                                         711       Transportation

Approved  11/11/13                         
Reviewed  11/15/21                    
Revised                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 12/07/2023 - 11:34

800 - BUILDINGS AND SITES

800 - BUILDINGS AND SITES dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 12/11/2023 - 11:51

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

This series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district's buildings and sites.  It shall be the goal of the board to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program.  The board shall strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.

In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program.  The board shall have final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.

 

 

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21             
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:35

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:36

801.1 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

801.1 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the board's long range plan for the school district's education program, the board shall include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term needs for building and sites shall be discussed and determined by the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297 (1995).

Cross Reference:  103  Educational and Operational Planning

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21             
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:36

801.2 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

801.2 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297 (1995).

Cross Reference:  103  Educational and Operational Planning
                                       801  Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21               
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:37

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board shall make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications shall be consistent with the education program, and they shall provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee shall be appointed.

The education specifications shall include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).
                                      Iowa Code §§ 73A.2, .18; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (1995).
                                      1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 529.

Cross Reference:  801  Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  12/13/21          
Revised  9/12/05

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:38

801.4 - Site Acquisition

801.4 - Site Acquisition

Sites acquired by the board shall meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297 (1995).

Cross Reference:  212    Closed Sessions
                                      705.1  Purchasing - Bidding
                                      801    Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21                 
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:39

801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts

801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community.  Construction contracts shall be made in the school district community or in Iowa from Iowa-based companies if the bids submitted are comparable in quality and can be received without additional cost in comparison to those submitted by other bidders.  The board shall have the authority to approve or retain construction contracts.

Public, competitive sealed bids are required for construction projects, including renovation and repair, with a cost exceeding the statutory minimums required by law.  The low public, competitive sealed bid requirement is waived in the case of emergency repairs when the repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The AEA administrator shall certify that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The superintendent will comply with the competitive quote process for those projects subject to the competitive quote law.  The superintendent will determine the process for obtaining quotes for projects below the competitive quote limit.

The award of construction contracts will, generally, be made to the lowest responsible bidder.  The board, in its discretion, after considering factors relating to the construction, including, but not limited to, the cost of the construction, availability of service and/or repair, completion date, and any other factors deemed relevant by the board, may choose a bid other than the lowest bid.  The board shall have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, to waive informalities, and to enter into the contract or contracts deemed to be in the best interests of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation and the reason for it to the board for construction contract bids.  The board secretary shall recommend, to the board, which bid to accept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26; 72; 73; 297.7-8 (2007)

Cross Reference:  705  Expenditures
                                      801  Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21                                     
Revised  11/11/13 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:41

801.6 - Naming Facilities

801.6 - Naming Facilities

The Janesville District Board of Education will review all requests to honor individuals or groups by naming facilities in their honor.

Groups or persons desiring to name a facility or area in honor of any individual or group should make a written request to the Superintendent and include appropriate research and justification detailing the special significance and outstanding contributions of the person or group proposed to be honored by the naming.  Requests will normally be considered only where the proposed name has special significance and the person or group has made an outstanding contribution to the school or community.  Any individual person whose name is recommended can be living or deceased.  Consideration of requests will be tempered by a concern regarding proliferation of names and commercialization of facilities.

When it is proposed that a school building or a portion of a building or facility be named after an individual or group, the Board will appoint a committee that will include the superintendent as chairperson, the principal of a school serving the same level, athletic director, a board member, teacher, and Booster Club President. Following a review of submitted documents, the committee will make a recommendation to the Board regarding approval or denial of the requested naming.

The group or persons making the request will be expected to provide appropriate recognition such as a plaque, portrait, or marker for the facility.

If the naming of a facility or a portion of a facility is a condition of a gift to the District and the Board believes the size of the gift warrants such action, the Board may waive any or all requirements of this policy and approve the name designated by the donor.

The Board reserves the right of final approval for the name of any and all facilities.

 

 

Approved  01/14/19   
Reviewed  __________                         
Revised  ______________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:42

801.12 - Business Procedure

801.12 - Business Procedure

To improve the school district’s oversight of fixed assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof loss of fixed assets for insurance purposes, the school district will establish and maintain a fixed assets management system for reporting capitalized fixed assets owned or under jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required by law.

A separate fixed assets listing is prepared for fixed assets in the general fixed assets account group (GFAAG) and for the fixed assets of each proprietary and fiduciary fund.  “Fixed assets” in the GFAAG will include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than building and sites, capitalized interest, infrastructure, land and machinery, and equipment.  Fixed assets reported in the financial reports will include individual fixed assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than the following amounts:

Land                                                                                                          $  2,000

Buildings                                                                                                  $10,000

Improvements other than buildings                                             $10,000

Furniture and equipment (except nutrition fund)                    $  2,000

Nutrition fund equipment                                                                        $ 500

Fixed assets accounted for and reported in the proprietary funds are depreciated using the straight line method over the useful life of each fixed asset as follows:

50 Years for buildings, 20 years for site improvements and other items such as portable classrooms, HVAC systems, roofing, etc., and 5 years of equipment items.

The fixed assets management system is updated quarterly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfers of fixed assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the fixed assets listing for the general fixed assets account group and for each proprietary and fiduciary fund with the fixed assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference (Code of Iowa):

Cross Reference:

Approved_3/8/2004_       
Reviewed___12/12/16___________           
Revised_6/15/10

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:44

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:47

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule shall be created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502.2  Care of School Property/Vandalism
                                      502.5  Student Lockers
                                      802    Maintenance, Operation and Management
                                      804.1  Facilities Inspections

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21                 
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:48

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs shall be made to the superintendent by building principals and/or the head custodian.  Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $ 5,000, may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $ 5,000 must be approved by the board.  Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995).

Cross Reference:  802.1  Maintenance Schedule
                                      802.3  Emergency Repairs

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21                
Revised  02/13/17 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:49

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

In the event emergency requiring repairs in excess of $100,000 to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding shall not apply.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of $100,000 were necessary to prevent the closing of school.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  705.1  Purchasing - Bidding
                                      802    Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21                
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:51

802.4 - Capital Assets

802.4 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $500.  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset. 

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $25,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

Phase III districts, as determined under GASB 34, will not retroactively report intangible assets.  If actual historical cost cannot be determined for intangible assets due to lack of sufficient records, estimated historical cost will be used.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and it’s supporting administrative regulations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2009).

Cross Reference:   709       Insurance Program
                                        701.3    Financial Records

Approved _9/12/05                               
Reviewed _12/13/21                 
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:52

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

A.           Capital Assets Management System

              The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, shall:

              1)   Conduct the fixed assets physical count;

              2)   Develop the fixed assets listing;

              3)   Tag fixed assets included in the fixed assets management system with a bar code identification number; 

              4)   Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the fixed assets management system;

              5)   Enter the necessary data into the fixed capital assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;

              6)   Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the fixed capital assets management system; and,

              7)   Maintain responsibility for an accurate fixed capital assets management system. 

 

B.           Determining historical cost

        1.   The historical cost of a capital asset is based on the actual costs expended in making the capital assets serviceable.       

        2.   Gifts of capital assets are valued at the estimated fair market value at the addition/acquisition date. 

        3.   Fixed assets purchased under a capital lease are valued at historical cost of their net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date.     

        4.   The historical cost of capital assets must include capitalized interest.

 

C.           Annual capital assets listing reconciliation

        1.   The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, in conjunction with the capital assets management team, will conduct an annual capital assets physical count to develop the annual capital assets listing in a manner similar to the initial capital assets listing process in B above.  At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the capital assets in the building/department/room will perform the capital assets physical count for the building/department/room.

      2.     Upon completion of the annual capital assets listing, the capital assets listing is reconciled to the capital assets management system data base.        

      3.     Capital assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the capital assets management system.  The capital assets management system process should be reviewed to prevent future incidents of excluding a capital asset.

      4.     Capital assets unaccounted for are reported to the superintendent who contacts the supervisor of and the individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset.  The individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset has thirty days to account for the capital asset.      

5.     Capital assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation.  "Appropriate action" may include discipline, up to and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the capital asset to replace the asset.

      6.     The superintendent is responsible for documenting the reasons each asset was not reconciled to the capital assets management system.  

 

 D.        Addition/acquisition of capital assets. 

        1.   The school district's purchasing policy and administrative regulations must be followed when acquiring capital assets.  The school district's policy and administrative regulations must be followed for receiving a gift of capital assets.  

        2.   The capital assets addition/acquisition documentation must be completed for each additional capital assets with an addition/acquisition cost of equal to or greater than $500.  The following information should be collected, if applicable:

              a.   Name of location-building/department/room;

              b.   Location-building/department/room code;

              c.   Balance sheet accounting/class code;

              d.   Government or BTA program;

              e.   Addition/acquisition date;

              f.    Check/purchase order number or gift;

              g.   Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the capital asset;

              h.   Serial/model number;                                        

              i.    Cost-historical;

              j.    Fair market value on acquisition date (donated assets only);

              k.   Estimated useful life;

              l.    Vendor;

              m.  Purchasing fund and function;

              n.   Description of capital asset;

              o.   Department/person charged with custody,

              p.     Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,

              q.    Quantity;

              r.     Replacement cost;

              s.     Addition/acquisition authorization; and,

              t.     Function for depreciation.

        3.   Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

        4.  The actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the capital assets management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.

        5.   Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

E.     Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment capital assets.

        1.   Capital assets relocation/transfer documentation must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment capital assets from their current location.  The following information must be collected:

              a.   Relocation/transfer date;

              b.   Quantity;

              c.   Bar code identification number;

              d.   Current location-building/department/room code;

              e.   Name of current location-building/department/room;

              f.    New location-building/department/room code;

  g. Name of new location-building/department/room;

      h.   Date placed at new location-building/department/room;

              i.    Department/person charged with custody; and

      j.    Relocation/transfer authorization.

        2.   Capital assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

F.     Disposal of capital assets

        1.   Capital Assets disposal documentation must be completed prior to disposing of real property.  The following information must be collected:

              a.   Disposal date;

      b.   Quantity;

      c.   Bar code tag identification number;

              d.   Legal description,

              e.   Location/Address;

              f.    Purchaser;

              g.   Disposal methods for real property trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and,

              h.   Disposal authorization.

        2.   Capital assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

        3.   When assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities.  The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.

 

G.    Lost, damaged or stolen capital assets.

        1.   A Lost, Damaged or Stolen Capital Assets Report must be completed when a capital asset has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:

              a.    Date of loss, damage or theft;

              b.    Employee/person discovering;

              c.    Quantity;

              d.     Description of capital asset;

              e.     Bar code tag identification number;

              f.     Location-building/department/room;

              g.     Description of loss, damage, etc.;

              h.     Filing of police report-yes or no;

              i.      Filing of insurance report-yes or no;

              j.      Sent for repair-yes or no;

              k.     Date returned from repair;

              l.      Date returned to location-building/department/room;

              m.    Department/person charged with custody; and,

              n.     Authorization.      

        2.         Capital assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

             

H.          Capital assets reports

        1.         Annual reports for June 30 each year.         

              a.     Capital assets listing including the following items:

                        1) Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                        2) Purchasing fund, function and depreciation function;

                        3) Bar code tag identification number;

                        4) Description of the capital asset;

                        5) Historical cost or other;

                        6) Location;

                        7) Current year depreciation/expense; and,

                        8) Accumulated depreciation/amortization.

               b.     Capital assets listing by location/building;

               c.     Capital assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and,

               d.     Capital assets listing by replacement cost. 

 

 

Approved _9/12/05_                             
Reviewed _12/13/21     
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:53

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.

Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements.  Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services.  These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's capital assets.

Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold) based on the historical cost include:  long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records

Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.

General capital assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.

Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues.  These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.

Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government's governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units.  There are two basic government-wide financial statements the statement of net assets and the statement of activities.  Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements – In addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity.  The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers.  Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets.  Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, tater and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.

Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district's investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows.  There are two different types of proprietary funds:  enterprise funds and internal service funds.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:54

802.5 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

802.5 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1988).
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (Supp. 1990).
                                      Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.27.

Cross Reference:  102    Equal Educational Opportunity
    
                                    603.3  Special Education

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21               
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:56

802.6 - Vandalism

802.6 - Vandalism

The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings, sites, and property with respect for the benefit of the education program.  Users of school district property shall treat it with care.  Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.

Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property shall be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502    Students Rights and Responsibilities
                                      903.4  Public Conduct on
School District Premises

Approved  12/11/95                
Reviewed 12/13/21           
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:57

802.7 - Energy Conservation

802.7 - Energy Conservation

In concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students shall practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district's buildings and sites.  These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students.  Employees and students shall abide by these guidelines.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.44; 473.19-.20 (1995).

Cross Reference:  700  Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

Approved  12/11/95                
Reviewed 12/13/21                 
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:57

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:58

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, equipment and/or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It shall be the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment having a value of less than $5,000 shall be disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  However, the sale of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation.  The publication of the sale shall be published with at least one insertion each week for two consecutive weeks.  Any disposition other than a sale will be published once in same newspaper.

A public hearing shall be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $5,000 or more prior to the board’s final decision.  The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale and shall publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property shall be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.22-.25 (1995).

Cross Reference:  704    Revenue
                                      705.1  Purchasing - Bidding
                                      803    Selling and Leasing

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  12/13/21          
Revised  12/13/21

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 14:59

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property shall be made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

Prior to the board’s final decision regarding real property with a value of $5,000 or more, a public hearing shall be held.  The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which shall contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a school house site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids shall be taken, If the bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, at a cost of $5,000 or more, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings.  It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (1995).

Cross Reference:  704    Revenue
                                      705.1  Purchasing - Bidding
                                      803    Selling and Leasing

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21              
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:06

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:07

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds shall be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites.  The results of this inspection shall be reported to the board at its annual meeting.  Further, the board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  802  Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved  12/11/95                
Reviewed 12/13/21           
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:07

804.2 - Warning System and Emergency Plans

804.2 - Warning System and Emergency Plans

The school district shall maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency.  This system shall be maintained on a regular basis under the maintenance plan for school district buildings and sites.

Students shall be informed of this system according to board policy.  Each classroom and office shall have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an emergency.  This shall include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.

Licensed employees shall be responsible for instructing students on the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (1995).

Cross Reference:  507    Student Health and Well-Being
                                      711.7  School Bus Safety Instruction
                                      804    Safety Program

Approved:   7/10/89      
Reviewed  12/13/21      
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:08

804.3 - Bomb Threats

804.3 - Bomb Threats

As soon as a bomb threat is reported to the administration, the school district facility should be cleared immediately.  A thorough search will be made by the appropriate school district or law enforcement officials.  Employees and students shall remain outside the school district facility until it is determined that danger no longer exists.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to file a report or keep a report of each incident for the school district records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  804  Safety Program

Approved  7/10/89       
Reviewed 12/13/21                 
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:09

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and nonfriable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with non asbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. (1988).
                                      40 C.F.R. Pt. 763 (1993).
                                     
Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54 (1995).

Cross Reference:  403.4  Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
                                      802  Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved 7/10/89           
Reviewed  12/13/21                       
Revised 12/11/95

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:10

804.5 - Radon Mitigation

804.5 - Radon Mitigation

The district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings.  The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate.  

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.32

Approved 10/11/22           
Reviewed  10/11/22                      
Revised _____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:11

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT - COMMUNITY RELATIONS dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 15:12

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Successful education programs require the support of the school district community.  The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school district in this series of the policy manual.  The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community's understanding of participation in the efforts, goals, problems and programs of the school district.

In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community.  In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the board will:

  • Provide access to school district records;
  • Inform the school district community of the school district's goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;
  • Invite the input of the school district community; and,
  • Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.

 

 

Approved  7/10/89   
Reviewed  12/13/21              
Revised  09/13/10

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:51

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records shall contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copies of public records in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the cost prior to copy and mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a fee for the time of the employee to compile the requested information.  Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district shall only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.

Records defined by law as confidential records shall be viewed or copied upon receipt of written permission by the board secretary or superintendent from the person or entity whose confidential records are being requested.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 291.6 (1995).
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.
                                      1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
                                      1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.

Cross Reference:  215    Board of Directors' Records
                                      401.5  Employee Records
                                      506    Student Records
                                      708    Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of
School District Records
                                      902.1  News Media Relations

Approved  7/10/89  
Reviewed  12/13/21             
Revised  01/09/17

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:52

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:53

902.1 - News Media Relations

902.1 - News Media Relations

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president shall be the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent shall be the spokesperson for the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district shall direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent shall accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  902  Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved  12/11/95 
Reviewed 12/13/21       
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:53

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

The superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media.  The superintendent shall respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities shall include the board and the superintendent.  News conferences for issues requiring an immediate response may be held by the superintendent.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview shall be held to provide an immediate response to an issue.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  902  Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved  10/11/05     
Reviewed 12/13/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:54

902.3 - News Releases

902.3 - News Releases

The superintendent shall determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued.  In making this determination, the superintendent shall strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed.  Further, the superintendent shall strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.

News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community.  Questions about news releases shall be directed to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Widmer v. Reitzler, 182 N.W.2d 177 (Iowa 1970).
                                      Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (
Iowa 1970).
                                     
Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.2 (1995).
                                      1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 73.
                                      1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  902  Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved  7/10/89       
Reviewed  12/13/21        
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:56

902.4 - Live Broadcasting or Videotaping

902.4 - Live Broadcasting or Videotaping

Individuals may broadcast or videotape public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with or disrupt the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or videotaping will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.

Videotaping of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to videotaping of classroom activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  902.1  News Media Relations
                                      903.3  Visitors to
School District Buildings and Sites

Approved  12/11/95   
Reviewed  12/13/21          
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:57

903 - Public Participation in the School District

903 - Public Participation in the School District dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:58

903.1 - School - Community Groups

903.1 - School - Community Groups

The board values the participation and the support of school district community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for, the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group shall confer with the superintendent to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district will be held by the district within a custodial fund account.

It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.13 (1995).

Cross Reference:        903  Public Participation in the School District

Approved  12/11/95    
Reviewed  12/13/21            
Revised    12/13/21        

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 08:59

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670 (1995).

Cross Reference:  603.1  Basic Instruction Program
                                      903.3  Visitors to
School District Buildings and Sites

Approved  7/10/89   
Reviewed  12/13/21             
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:00

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees shall not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors shall conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.

It shall be the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee shall act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (1995).

Cross Reference:  902    Press, Radio and Television News Media
                                      903.2  Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved  7/10/89     
Reviewed  12/13/21               
Revised  12/11/95 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:05

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

Extracurricular activities are an important part of the school program and offer students the opportunity to participate in a variety of activities not offered during the regular school day.  Extracurricular activities are provided for the enjoyment and opportunity for involvement they afford the students.

Spectators are permitted to attend extracurricular activities only as guests of the school district, and, accordingly as a condition of such permission, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.  Spectators will not be allowed to interfere with the enjoyment of the students participating, other spectators or with the performance of employees and officials supervising the extracurricular activity.  Spectators, like the student participants, are expected to display mature behavior and sportsmanship.  The failure of spectators to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:

  • Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
  • Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials, sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
  • The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event.

Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so.  The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent.  The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.

If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2007).

Cross Reference:  205    Board Member Liability
                                      504    Student Activities
                                      802.6  Vandalism
                                      903    Public Participation in the
School District

Approved  12/11/95   
Reviewed 12/13/21              
Revised 9/08/08           

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:06

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are non curricular.  Non curricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
                                               
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
                                              
Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
                                              
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
                                               Tinker v.
Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
                                               Bystrom v.
Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
                                              
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502.3  Freedom of Expression
                                               503.1  Student Conduct
                                               504    Student Activities
                                               603.9  Academic Freedom

Approved   12/11/95            
Reviewed  12/13/21             
Revised            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:07

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

 I. Guidelines.

            Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:

            (a)   is obscene to minors;

            (b)   is libelous;

            (c)   contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;

            (d)   advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;

            (e)   constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person's race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);

            (f)    presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

            Distribution on school premises of material in categories (a) through (d) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (e) and (f) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

 

   II.      Procedures.

            Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

            1.    Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;

            2.    Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;

            3.    Location where material will be displayed or distributed;

            4.    The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

            Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

            If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person shall contact the building principal's office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

            If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person shall contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

            At every level of the process the person submitting the request shall have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses and material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.

            Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

 

III.        Time, place and manner of distribution.

            The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities.  The distribution of unofficial material shall be limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

            1.    The material shall be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location shall not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which shall give reasonable access to students.

            2.    The material shall be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.

            3.    No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.

 

IV.      Definitions.

            The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

            1.    "Obscene to minors" is defined as:

                   (a)    The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

                   (b)    The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

                   (c)    The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.

            2.    "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.

            3.    "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:

                   (a)    Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

                   (b)    Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity.

                   In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

            4.    "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.

            5.    "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.

            6.    "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.

            7.    "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

 

  V.      Disciplinary action.

            Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.

 

VI.      Notice of policy to students.

            A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

 

Approved  12/11/95  
Reviewed  12/13/21                                   
Revised          

  

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:10

904 - Community Activities Involving Students

904 - Community Activities Involving Students dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:12

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes shall be done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver.  Students may be transported in private vehicles for school purposes.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine when this is appropriate.

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent and meet all applicable requirements set by the district.  Prior to transporting students in private vehicles, the district may require the following:

  • The vehicle used to transport the student(s)is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;
  • The driver transporting the student(s) possesses a valid drivers’ license;
  • Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa ; and
  • The parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent. 

The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes. If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center. The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (1995).
                                      281 I.A.C. 43.

Cross Reference:  401.6  Transporting of Students by Employees
                                      401.7  Employee Travel Compensation
                                      711    Transportation

Approved   12/11/95  
Reviewed  12/13/21           
Revised      12/13/21      

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:12

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

The use of students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and organizations operating for a profit shall be disallowed.  Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  504.5  Student Fund Raising
                                      904    Community Activities Involving Students

Approved  7/10/89    
Reviewed  12/13/21        
Revised  12/11/95 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:15

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:16

905.1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

905.1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

School district facilities and equipment will be made available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities.  "Entity(ies)" will include organizations, groups and individuals and their agents.  Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the education program or a school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law.  It is within the discretion of the board to allow for-profit entities to use school district facilities and equipment.  The board reserves the right to deny use of the facilities and equipment to an entity.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow use of school district facilities and equipment on Sundays.

Entities who wish to use school district facilities or equipment must apply at the superintendent's office.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to determine whether the school district facility or equipment requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy and administrative regulations.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to provide application forms, obtain proof of insurance, and draw up the contract for use of school district facilities and equipment.

Use of school district facilities and equipment by entities will be supervised by a school district employee unless special prior arrangements are made with the superintendent.  The school district employee will not accept a fee from the entity using school district facilities and equipment.  If appropriate, the school district employee may be paid by the school district.

Entities that use school district buildings or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.  Entities that use school district equipment must return the equipment in the same working condition it was in prior to its use.  Inappropriate use of school district facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use school district facilities or equipment in the future. 

(The school district will sponsor education related organizations' use of the ICN upon approval of the superintendent.)  Sponsored ICN users mission must be consistent with  the mission of the school district.  Costs associated with the use of the ICN will be passed on by the school district to the sponsored user.

Authorized users of the ICN will ensure their use of the ICN is consistent with their written mission.  The ICN will not be used for profit making ventures.  Authorized users may not resell time on the ICN.  Entities that wish to use the school district's ICN classroom to originate, receive or broadcast programming must follow the state scheduling requirements.  However, it is recommended that entities that wish to use the school district's ICN classroom to originate receive, or broadcast programming contact the school district's ICN scheduler's office to inform them of their needs.

It is the responsibility of the entities that wish to use the school district's ICN classroom to originate, receive or broadcast programming in compliance with the law regarding authorized use of and content of the programming on the ICN.  The school district assumes no responsibility or liability for entities using the ICN classroom in violation of the law, the authorized user's mission or school district policy and its supporting administrative regulations.  The school district reserves the right to charge all costs, including attorney fees, that may arise to the entity for the entity's failure to comply with the law or school district policy and it’s supporting administrative regulations.

The board may allow entities, such as the Boy and Girl Scouts and 4-H, to use the school district facilities and equipment without charge.  While such entities may use the facilities and equipment without charge, they may be required to pay a custodial fee.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a fee schedule for the board’s approval and to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 8D; 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 288; 297.9-.11 (2003)
                                      751 I.A.C. 14.
                                      
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 561   
                                      
1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 232
                                      
1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 196

Cross Reference:  704 Revenue

Approved  7/10/89   
Reviewed  12/13/21       
Revised  12/12/11

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:16

905.1E1- Use of School Facilities Application Form

905.1E1- Use of School Facilities Application Form

1.   Requests for the use of school facilities should be made and approved by the Superintendent at least one week in advance. 
      Organizations wanting to rent or use the building must be from within the school district.

2.   In all cases of use by groups other than the district, that group is responsible for providing supervision of a responsible nature, having proper insurance, and accepting responsibility for any damage to the physical or field facilities which may occur.

3.   The Board of Education and administration shall not be responsible for any articles of clothing, equipment or money that is left in rooms, closets, lockers or other areas of the building.  The board further will not be responsible for any article borrowed or voluntarily loaned to the district, its employees, agents or pupils, unless the borrowing or loan be specifically approved by the superintendent or the board.

4.   School activities will take precedence if a conflict arises.

5.   Facilities are to be left in as good a condition as before being used.

      a.   Floors swept and wet mopped when food and/or beverages dispensed.

      b.   Equipment used should be replaced and cleaned if necessary.

      c.   Lights turned off and all doors checked and locked when leaving.

      d.   Any refuse, garbage, etc. should be disposed of as per instructions from custodian.

      e.   No smoking or alcoholic beverages in the buildings or anywhere on the school

            grounds.

      f.    No street shoes will be allowed on the gym floor, unless authorized by the Board of Education or administration.   

6.   Should use of school facilities require extra working hours, the user will pay the school district according to the employees over-time rate.  The school will reimburse the employee accordingly. (ie. Custodial Fee)

7.   Facility Usage will require a security deposit of $50.  Cost accrued to the District beyond the rental fee may be taken from the security deposit.  Should the user complete the rental agreement without addition fees, the security deposit will be returned in its entirety.

8.   Facility Usage will require a fee of $5 per hour, not to exceed $50 per use.

9.   Requests of equipment with facility rental (ie. tables, chairs, balls, extension cords) will require a minimum charge of $10 per use.  The user is responsible for the cost of replacement if items are lost or damaged.

10. Requests of equipment without facility rental (equipment only) requires a minimum fee of $10 per use.

 

 

STATEMENT OF ASSURANCE

 

The undersigned applicant makes application for the use of the school building designated below.  Please refer to Policy 905.1 to determine the proper use of school facilities.  The applicant is responsible for enforcing these regulations.

The undersigned, hereafter referred to as "organization," states that it shall hold the Janesville Consolidated School District, hereafter referred to as "district," harmless from any and all damages and claims that may arise by reason of any negligence on the part of the organization or the district, and its officers, employees or agents, in the use by the organization of any facilities owned by the district.  In case any action is brought therefore against the district or any of its officers, employees or agents, the organization shall assume full responsibility for the legal defense thereof, and upon its failure to do so on proper notice, the district reserves the right to defend such action and to charge all costs, including attorneys' fees, to the organization.

 

Organization making application: ______________________________________________________

 

Person making application: _____________________________________              Date:______________

 

School Facility &/or Equipment Used: _________________________________________________

 

Purpose: ____________________________________________________________________________

 

Date: ______________________________         Hours: _______________________________________

 

I have read the policy Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment” and, as the person responsible for the group, agree to abide by the policies as stated.  I realize failure to abide by the policies may result in suspension of facility use privileges.

 

_____________________________________________        ______________________
Signature of applicant                                                                     Date

 

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

Deposit $______    Facility Fee $_______     Custodial Fee $__________

 

Approved_____     Not Approved _____                       _______________________________________
                                                                                                     Superintendent’s Signature

 

                                                                                                    _______________________________________
                                                                                                     Athletic Director Signature

                                                                       

                                                                                                    _______________________________________
                                                                                                     Facilities Signature

                                                         

                                                                                                    _______________________________________
                                                                                                     Business Office(Keeps Original)

 

Fee is due when the above request is made.

After action taken, a copy will be returned to the applicant.

 

 

Approved   4/12/93      
Reviewed 12/13/21        
Revised 12/12/11

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:21

905.1R1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment Regulation

905.1R1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment Regulation

1.      Alcoholic beverages will not be brought to or consumed in the school district facilities or grounds.

2.      Smoking is prohibited in school district facilities or on school district grounds.

3.      After a school district facility or site has been used by an entity, cleaning, including restoring the facility or site to the condition it was in prior to its use, will be done by employees assisted by a committee from the entity.  The fee charged to the entity for the use of the facility or site will include these costs.  However, if excessive costs are involved in cleaning or otherwise restoring the facility or site to the condition it was in prior to its use, the board reserves the right to charge the entity for these excessive costs. 

4.      After school district equipment has been used by an entity, the equipment must be returned to the school district in the condition it was in prior to its use.  The fee charged to the entity for the use of the equipment will include these costs.  However, if excessive costs are involved in restoring the equipment to the condition it was in prior to its use, the board reserves the right to charge the entity for these excessive costs. 

5.      Entities are required to stay within the area of the school district facility or site and use only the school district equipment authorized by the school district for use by the entity.  Other school district facilities, sites, or areas in the school district building or equipment are off limits to the entity.

6.      A cancellation after the facility or equipment is made ready for the entity will be charged at the full rate.  Cancellations made prior to that time will be charged a minimum cancellation fee or the costs incurred to the school district in anticipation of the entity's use, whichever is greater.

                                                                                                                

 

Approved  12/11/95    
Reviewed 12/13/21             
Revised_12/12/11____  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:24

905.1R2 - ICN Room Use Regulation

905.1R2 - ICN Room Use Regulation

The ICN is a statewide telecommunications network designed primarily to enhance learning opportunities for students, employees and board members.  The school district recognizes that it is not the only authorized user of the ICN and other users will frequently be using the school district's ICN facilities.  Sponsored and authorized users of the ICN must comply with state and federal law in using the ICN.

The media specialist is responsible for coordinating ICN classroom use.  Requests for use of the ICN classroom by employees for the educational program are filed with the media specialist.

It is the responsibility of the entity using the ICN classroom to comply with the requirements of the law and school district policy and its supporting administrative regulations.

1.         The ICN is a limited access network and sponsored or authorized users cannot use the system for profit making ventures.

2.         The use must be consistent with the mission of the sponsored or authorized user. 

3.         Users cannot resell time on the ICN.

4.         Sponsored and authorized users are responsible for compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Iowa Civil Rights Act.  Sponsored and authorized users are responsible for making the necessary accommodations and are responsible for obtaining and paying for needed interpreters or interpretive equipment.

5.         Sponsored and authorized users are required to stay within the ICN classroom and use the most direct route to the ICN classroom.  Other school district facilities, sites, areas in a the school district building or equipment are off limits to the authorized users.*

6.         After regular school hours, the charge for use of the ICN room is $12.50(The maximum hourly rate school districts can charge for use of the facilities is $12.50 per hour.  This is for use of the room, not the ICN.  This cost reimburses the school district for its administrative, custodial, etc. costs for the room's usage.)

7.         The ICN will be available Monday through Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 10:30 p.m. and Saturday, 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

8.         The sponsored or authorized user is responsible for all site and site usage charges.

9.         A school district employee will be present in the school district facility while the ICN is in use.*

10.       Food and drink is not permitted in the ICN room.*

11.        First time use of the ICN will require prior training and should be organized through the school district ICN scheduler at 987-2581.

12.        Use or transmission of copyrighted material, without prior approval of the copyright holder, is strictly prohibited.  Appropriate use of the
                   copyrighted material is the responsibility of the sponsored or authorized user, not the school district.

13.       The school district reserves the right to amend these rules as necessary to reflect the ICN's usage and changes at the state or federal level.

14.       The school district reserves the right to charge all costs, including attorneys' fees, that may arise to the authorized user for the sponsored or authorized user's failure to comply with the law, board policy and administrative regulations.

Items with an asterisk are not legal requirements but are items that should be considered when writing an ICN room usage regulation.

 

 

Approved__10/11/05___________   
Reviewed_12/13/21 _____________             
Revised_______________

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:25

905.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

905.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

School district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles, are off limits for tobacco or nicotine use, including the use of look-a-likes like e-cigarettes where the original would include tobacco or nicotine.  This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors.  This policy applies at all times, including school-sponsored and nonschool-sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately.  It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
                                         House File 2212, Iowa General Assembly (2008)
                                         Iowa Code §§ 142B; 279.8, .9; 297 (2007).

Cross Reference:  903.4    Public Conduct on School Premises
                                        905.1    Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

Approved  7/10/89                  
Reviewed  12/13/21 
Revised 11/03/15

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:28

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

The following policy applies to the extent not preempted by federal or state regulatory jurisdiction regarding unmanned aircrafts. For purposes of this policy, the term ‘‘unmanned aircraft” means an aircraft that is operated without the possibility of direct human intervention from within or on the aircraft. 

The Janesville Consolidated School District believes in maintaining the safety, security, and privacy of students, employees, and visitors. In keeping with this belief, the use or possession of unmanned aircrafts is prohibited on district property or in the space above the property that reasonably can be considered part of the district property. 

The superintendent may make an exception to this policy in specific cases where the circumstances warrant such exception. In such situations and prior to approval, unmanned aircraft operators shall:

  • Supply proof of insurance meeting liability limits established by the district;
  • Present appropriate registration and authorization issued by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA);
  • Sign an agreement holding the district harmless from any claims of harm to individuals or damage to property; and
  • Meet additional requirements as determined appropriate by the district.

If the unmanned aircrafts are operated as part of the district curriculum, prior to adoption into the curriculum, district employees shall work with district administration to ensure the appropriate insurance, registration, and authorizations are in place.

Unmanned aircrafts shall be operated in accordance with Iowa High School Athletic Association and Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union policy.

Failure to abide by this policy may result in local, state, and federal penalties if applicable.

 

NOTE: The use of unmanned aircrafts is an unsettled area of the law. There is overlap with federal and state regulations and as such, there is the potential for challenge associated with the enforcement of the policy. Districts should, as with the adoption of any new policy, work with the district’s legal counsel to determine whether, when, and to what extent a policy on unmanned aircraft should be adopted at the local level.

 

NOTE: Districts who wish to approve the use of drones on school property, as part of the curriculum or for other purposes, should consult with the district’s insurance carrier prior to approval and operation. Most general liability policies have an exclusion for aircraft liability and the district would likely need additional liability coverage for the operation of drones. If you are a member of the IASB Safety Group, effective July 1, 2016, your policy with EMC automatically includes liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage caused by drones. However, coverage is not currently available for claims related to violation of privacy.

 

NOTE: Districts should be aware of the FAA unmanned aircraft safety guidelines, which include guidelines such as flying below 400 feet and not flying within 5 miles of an airport unless the airport and control tower have been contacted prior to flying. For a complete list of the guidelines, please visit the “Model Aircraft Operations” section of the FAA website, located at http://www.faa.gov/uas/model_aircraft/.

 

 

Legal Reference:  FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012, P.L. 112-95, Title III, Subtitle B.
                                      Model Aircraft Operating Standards, FFA AC No. 91-57A (Sept. 2, 2015).
                                      OFFICE OF CHIEF COUNSEL, FED. AVIATION ADMIN., State and Local Regulation of Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
                                               Fact Sheet (Dec. 17, 2015).
                                       Iowa Code § 279.8
                                       IHSAA Drone Policy

Cross Reference:  602.1    Curriculum Development

Approved   12/13/21                  
Reviewed                      
Revised                             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:29

907 - District Operation During Public Emergencies

907 - District Operation During Public Emergencies

The district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission.  While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings.  At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning. 

During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the Superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law.

Following guidance and recommendations from federal, state, and local agencies when reasonably possible, the administration will create regulations related to district operations during a public emergency, including, but not limited to, student, employee and visitor safety and security; the use and safeguarding of district property; public meetings and events, and when applicable, measures to prevent or slow the spread of infectious disease.

These measures will be enforced for the period of time of the public emergency, or until the superintendent, in consultation with federal, state and local agencies determine it is appropriate for the safety measures to end.

  

             

Legal Reference:  Senate File 2310
                                      
Iowa Code ch. 279.8

Cross Reference:  403.3 Communicable Diseases - Employees
                                       
506 Student Records
                                       
507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 08/24/20                  
Reviewed    12/13/21                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:33

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

During a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency.  The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations. 

The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances.  These measures may include, but are not limited to the following:

On-line learning, hybrid models of learning, or modified in-person learning may occur dependent on the circumstances and in accordance with applicable law. 

Hand washing and any other recommended hygiene practices will be taught to all students and employees.

Non-medical-grade face masks are encouraged to be worn by all individuals on school grounds, including students, employees and volunteers.  Masks will be provided to individuals who request them.  Reusable masks should be washed regularly by individuals wearing them. 

Employees, volunteers and students are encouraged to monitor their temperatures each morning prior to traveling to any school building or event.  Individuals with a temperature over 100.3 degrees may not enter school buildings or attend school events.

Due to the increased cost to the district of providing additional cleaning and disinfecting measures, and in order to preserve cleaning supplies for school use during the time of a public health emergency, the superintendent has discretion to restrict the use of school buildings and facilities for non-school groups in a neutral and non-discriminatory manner. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 12/13/2023 - 09:36